Cakra (?) on Suśr zu Su, Sū., 24, 8.1, 3.0 āgantāvapi hi vātādiliṅgaṃ śarīrakṣobhādavaśyaṃ bhavati paraṃ tat kiyantamapi kālaṃ vātādicikitsāprayojanakaṃ na bhavati yaduktaṃ tatrābhighātajo vāyuḥ prāyo raktaṃ pradūṣayan ityādi //
AĀ, 1, 1, 3, 10.0 madhu ha sma vā ṛṣibhyo madhuchandāś chandati tan madhuchandaso madhuchandastvam //
AĀ, 1, 1, 3, 13.0tad vaikāhikaṃ rūpasamṛddhaṃ bahu vā etasminn ahani kiñca kiñca vāraṇaṃ kriyate śāntyā eva śāntir vai pratiṣṭhaikāhaḥ śāntyām eva tat pratiṣṭhāyām antataḥ pratitiṣṭhanti //
AĀ, 1, 1, 4, 3.0 indravāyū ime sutā ā yātam upa niṣkṛtam iti yad vai niṣkṛtaṃ tat saṃskṛtam //
AĀ, 1, 2, 1, 12.0 pra va indrāya bṛhata iti yad vai bṛhat tan mahan mahadvad rūpasamṛddham etasyāhno rūpam //
AĀ, 1, 2, 1, 13.0 bṛhad indrāya gāyateti yad vai bṛhat tan mahan mahadvad rūpasamṛddham etasyāhno rūpam //
AĀ, 1, 2, 2, 2.0tad u vāsukraṃ brahma vai vasukro brahmaitad ahar brahmaṇaiva tad brahma pratipadyate //
AĀ, 1, 2, 2, 8.0tad u bhāradvājaṃ bharadvājo ha vā ṛṣīṇām anūcānatamo dīrghajīvitamas tapasvitama āsa sa etena sūktena pāpmānam apāhata tad yad bhāradvājaṃ śaṃsati pāpmano 'pahatyā anūcāno dīrghajīvī tapasvy asānīti tasmād bhāradvājaṃ śaṃsati //
AĀ, 1, 2, 2, 11.0tad u kayāśubhīyam etad vai saṃjñānaṃ santani sūktaṃ yat kayāśubhīyam etena ha vā indro 'gastyo marutas te samajānata tad yat kayāśubhīyaṃ śaṃsati saṃjñātyā eva //
AĀ, 1, 2, 2, 12.0tad v āyuṣyaṃ tad yo 'sya priyaḥ syāt kuryād evāsya kayāśubhīyam //
AĀ, 1, 2, 2, 15.0tad u vaiśvāmitraṃ viśvasya ha vai mitraṃ viśvāmitra āsa //
AĀ, 1, 2, 2, 20.0 tās triḥ prathamayā trir uttamayaikaśataṃ bhavanti pañcāṅgulayaś catuṣparvā dve kakṣasī doś cākṣaś cāṃsaphalakaṃ ca sā pañcaviṃśatiḥ pañcaviṃśānītarāṇi hy aṅgāni tacchatam ātmaikaśatatamaḥ //
AĀ, 1, 3, 6, 8.0 preṇā tad eṣāṃ nihitaṃ guhāvir itīdam u ha guhādhyātmam imā devatā ada u āvir adhidaivatam ity etat tad uktaṃ bhavati //
AĀ, 1, 3, 7, 1.0tad id āsa bhuvaneṣu jyeṣṭham iti pratipadyate yad vai jyeṣṭhaṃ tan mahan mahadvad rūpasamṛddham etasyāhno rūpam tāṃ su te kīrtiṃ maghavan mahitveti mahadvad rūpasamṛddham etasyāhno rūpam //
AĀ, 1, 3, 7, 1.0 tad id āsa bhuvaneṣu jyeṣṭham iti pratipadyate yad vai jyeṣṭhaṃ tan mahan mahadvad rūpasamṛddham etasyāhno rūpam tāṃ su te kīrtiṃ maghavan mahitveti mahadvad rūpasamṛddham etasyāhno rūpam //
AĀ, 1, 4, 2, 2.0 so 'yaṃ lokaḥ so 'yam agniḥ sā vāk tad rathantaraṃ sa vasiṣṭhas tacchataṃ tāni ṣaḍ vīryāṇi bhavanti //
AĀ, 1, 4, 2, 2.0 so 'yaṃ lokaḥ so 'yam agniḥ sā vāk tad rathantaraṃ sa vasiṣṭhas tacchataṃ tāni ṣaḍ vīryāṇi bhavanti //
AĀ, 1, 4, 2, 7.0 so 'sau lokaḥ so 'sāv ādityas tan manas tad bṛhat sa bharadvājas tacchataṃ tāni ṣaḍ vīryāṇi bhavanti //
AĀ, 1, 4, 2, 7.0 so 'sau lokaḥ so 'sāv ādityas tan manas tad bṛhat sa bharadvājas tacchataṃ tāni ṣaḍ vīryāṇi bhavanti //
AĀ, 1, 4, 2, 7.0 so 'sau lokaḥ so 'sāv ādityas tan manas tad bṛhat sa bharadvājas tacchataṃ tāni ṣaḍ vīryāṇi bhavanti //
AĀ, 1, 4, 2, 16.0 dvāviṃśīṃ śaṃsati pratiṣṭhayor eva tad rūpaṃ kriyate tasmāt sarvāṇi vayāṃsi pucchena pratitiṣṭhanti pucchenaiva pratiṣṭhāyotpatanti pratiṣṭhā hi puccham //
AĀ, 1, 4, 2, 18.0 tasya yat suparṇarūpaṃ tad asya kāmānām abhyāptyai //
AĀ, 1, 4, 2, 19.0 atha yat puruṣarūpaṃ tad asya śriyai yaśase 'nnādyāyāpacityai //
AĀ, 1, 4, 3, 1.0 gāyatrīṃ tṛcāśītiṃ śaṃsaty ayaṃ vai loko gāyatrī tṛcāśītir yad evāsmiṃlloke yaśo yan maho yan mithunaṃ yad annādyaṃ yāpacitis tad aśnavai tad āpnavāni tad avaruṇadhai tan me 'sad iti //
AĀ, 1, 4, 3, 4.0 bārhatīṃ tṛcāśītiṃ śaṃsaty antarikṣaloko vai bārhatī tṛcāśītir yad evāntarikṣaloke yaśo yan maho yan mithunaṃ yad annādyaṃ yāpacitis tad aśnavai tad āpnavāni tad avaruṇadhai tan me 'sad iti //
AĀ, 1, 4, 3, 7.0 auṣṇihīṃ tṛcāśītiṃ śaṃsaty asau vai loko dyaur auṣṇihī tṛcāśītir yad evāmuṣmiṃlloke yaśo yan maho yan mithunaṃ yad annādyaṃ yāpacitiḥ yad devānāṃ daivaṃ tad aśnavai tad āpnavāni tad avaruṇadhai tan me 'sad iti //
AĀ, 2, 1, 5, 2.0 vāg agniś cakṣur asāv ādityaś candramā mano diśaḥ śrotraṃ sa eṣa prahitāṃ saṃyogo 'dhyātmam imā devatā ada u āvir adhidaivatam ity etat tad uktaṃ bhavati //
AĀ, 2, 1, 5, 3.0 etaddha sma vai tad vidvān āha hiraṇyadan vaido na tasyeśe yan mahyaṃ na dadyur iti prahitāṃ vā aham adhyātmaṃ saṃyogaṃ niviṣṭaṃ vedaitaddha tat //
AĀ, 2, 1, 5, 5.0tat satyaṃ sad iti prāṇas tīty annaṃ yam ity asāv ādityas tad etat trivṛt trivṛd iva vai cakṣuḥ śuklaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ kanīniketi //
AĀ, 2, 1, 5, 5.0 tat satyaṃ sad iti prāṇas tīty annaṃ yam ity asāv ādityas tad etat trivṛt trivṛd iva vai cakṣuḥ śuklaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ kanīniketi //
AĀ, 2, 1, 8, 1.0 āpā3 ity āpa iti tad idam āpa evedaṃ vai mūlam adas tūlam ayaṃ pitaite putrā yatra ha kva ca putrasya tat pitur yatra vā pitus tad vā putrasyety etat tad uktaṃ bhavati //
AĀ, 2, 1, 8, 1.0 āpā3 ity āpa iti tad idam āpa evedaṃ vai mūlam adas tūlam ayaṃ pitaite putrā yatra ha kva ca putrasya tat pitur yatra vā pitus tad vā putrasyety etat tad uktaṃ bhavati //
AĀ, 2, 1, 8, 1.0 āpā3 ity āpa iti tad idam āpa evedaṃ vai mūlam adas tūlam ayaṃ pitaite putrā yatra ha kva ca putrasya tat pitur yatra vā pitus tad vā putrasyety etat tad uktaṃ bhavati //
AĀ, 2, 1, 8, 1.0 āpā3 ity āpa iti tad idam āpa evedaṃ vai mūlam adas tūlam ayaṃ pitaite putrā yatra ha kva ca putrasya tat pitur yatra vā pitus tad vā putrasyety etat tad uktaṃ bhavati //
AĀ, 2, 3, 4, 6.0tad etat sahasraṃ tat sarvaṃ tāni daśa daśeti vai sarvam etāvatī hi saṃkhyā daśa daśatas tacchataṃ daśa śatāni tat sahasraṃ tat sarvam //
AĀ, 2, 3, 4, 6.0 tad etat sahasraṃ tat sarvaṃ tāni daśa daśeti vai sarvam etāvatī hi saṃkhyā daśa daśatas tacchataṃ daśa śatāni tat sahasraṃ tat sarvam //
AĀ, 2, 3, 4, 6.0 tad etat sahasraṃ tat sarvaṃ tāni daśa daśeti vai sarvam etāvatī hi saṃkhyā daśa daśatas tacchataṃ daśa śatāni tat sahasraṃ tat sarvam //
AĀ, 2, 3, 4, 6.0 tad etat sahasraṃ tat sarvaṃ tāni daśa daśeti vai sarvam etāvatī hi saṃkhyā daśa daśatas tacchataṃ daśa śatāni tat sahasraṃ tat sarvam //
AĀ, 2, 3, 4, 6.0 tad etat sahasraṃ tat sarvaṃ tāni daśa daśeti vai sarvam etāvatī hi saṃkhyā daśa daśatas tacchataṃ daśa śatāni tat sahasraṃ tat sarvam //
AĀ, 2, 3, 6, 12.0 parāg vā etad riktam akṣaraṃ yad etad o3m iti tad yat kiñcom ity āhātraivāsmai tad ricyate sa yat sarvam oṃ kuryād riñcyād ātmānaṃ sa kāmebhyo nālaṃ syāt //
AĀ, 2, 3, 6, 18.0 tasyai yad upāṃśu sa prāṇo 'tha yad uccais taccharīraṃ tasmāt tat tira iva tira iva hy aśarīram aśarīro hi prāṇo 'tha yad uccais tac charīraṃ tasmāt tad āvir āvir hi śarīram //
AĀ, 2, 3, 6, 18.0 tasyai yad upāṃśu sa prāṇo 'tha yad uccais taccharīraṃ tasmāt tat tira iva tira iva hy aśarīram aśarīro hi prāṇo 'tha yad uccais tac charīraṃ tasmāt tad āvir āvir hi śarīram //
AĀ, 2, 3, 6, 18.0 tasyai yad upāṃśu sa prāṇo 'tha yad uccais taccharīraṃ tasmāt tat tira iva tira iva hy aśarīram aśarīro hi prāṇo 'tha yad uccais tac charīraṃ tasmāt tad āvir āvir hi śarīram //
AĀ, 2, 3, 6, 18.0 tasyai yad upāṃśu sa prāṇo 'tha yad uccais taccharīraṃ tasmāt tat tira iva tira iva hy aśarīram aśarīro hi prāṇo 'tha yad uccais tac charīraṃ tasmāt tad āvir āvir hi śarīram //
AĀ, 2, 3, 7, 1.0tad vā idaṃ bṛhatīsahasraṃ sampannaṃ tad yaśaḥ sa indraḥ sa bhūtānām adhipatiḥ //
AĀ, 2, 3, 7, 1.0 tad vā idaṃ bṛhatīsahasraṃ sampannaṃ tad yaśaḥ sa indraḥ sa bhūtānām adhipatiḥ //
AĀ, 2, 3, 7, 4.0 tad yad etat striyāṃ lohitaṃ bhavaty agnes tad rūpaṃ tasmāt tasmān na bībhatsetātha yad etat puruṣe reto bhavaty ādityasya tad rūpaṃ tasmāt tasmān na bībhatseta //
AĀ, 2, 3, 7, 4.0 tad yad etat striyāṃ lohitaṃ bhavaty agnes tad rūpaṃ tasmāt tasmān na bībhatsetātha yad etat puruṣe reto bhavaty ādityasya tad rūpaṃ tasmāt tasmān na bībhatseta //
AB, 1, 17, 14.0 prāṇā vai prayājānuyājās te ya ime śīrṣan prāṇās te prayājā ye 'vāñcas te 'nuyājāḥ sa yo 'trānuyājān yajed yathemān prāṇān ālupya śīrṣan dhitset tādṛk tat //
AB, 1, 17, 15.0 atiriktaṃ tat sam u vā ime prāṇā vidre ye ceme ye ceme //
AB, 1, 19, 6.0 añjanti yam prathayanto na viprā ity ajyamānāyābhirūpā yad yajñe 'bhirūpam tat samṛddham //
AB, 1, 19, 7.0 pataṃgam aktam asurasya māyayā yo naḥ sanutyo abhidāsad agne bhavā no agne sumanā upetāv iti dve dve abhirūpe yad yajñe 'bhirūpaṃ tat samṛddham //
AB, 1, 20, 3.0 ayaṃ vai veno 'smād vā ūrdhvā anye prāṇā venanty avāñco 'nye tasmād venaḥ prāṇo vā ayaṃ san nābher iti tasmān nābhis tan nābher nābhitvaṃ prāṇam evāsmiṃs tad dadhāti //
AB, 1, 22, 14.0tad etad devamithunaṃ yad gharmaḥ sa yo gharmas tacchiśnaṃ yau śaphau tau śaphau yopayamanī te śroṇikapāle yat payas tad retas tad idam agnau devayonyām prajanane retaḥ sicyate 'gnir vai devayoniḥ so 'gner devayonyā āhutibhyaḥ sambhavati //
AB, 1, 22, 14.0 tad etad devamithunaṃ yad gharmaḥ sa yo gharmas tacchiśnaṃ yau śaphau tau śaphau yopayamanī te śroṇikapāle yat payas tad retas tad idam agnau devayonyām prajanane retaḥ sicyate 'gnir vai devayoniḥ so 'gner devayonyā āhutibhyaḥ sambhavati //
AB, 1, 22, 14.0 tad etad devamithunaṃ yad gharmaḥ sa yo gharmas tacchiśnaṃ yau śaphau tau śaphau yopayamanī te śroṇikapāle yat payas tad retas tad idam agnau devayonyām prajanane retaḥ sicyate 'gnir vai devayoniḥ so 'gner devayonyā āhutibhyaḥ sambhavati //
AB, 1, 22, 14.0 tad etad devamithunaṃ yad gharmaḥ sa yo gharmas tacchiśnaṃ yau śaphau tau śaphau yopayamanī te śroṇikapāle yat payas tad retas tad idam agnau devayonyām prajanane retaḥ sicyate 'gnir vai devayoniḥ so 'gner devayonyā āhutibhyaḥ sambhavati //
AB, 1, 24, 6.0 te yad varuṇasya rājño gṛhe tanūḥ saṃnyadadhata tat tānūnaptram abhavat tat tānūnaptrasya tānūnaptratvam //
AB, 1, 24, 6.0 te yad varuṇasya rājño gṛhe tanūḥ saṃnyadadhata tat tānūnaptram abhavat tat tānūnaptrasya tānūnaptratvam //
AB, 1, 28, 12.0 vaneṣu citraṃ vibhvaṃ viśe viśa ity abhirūpā yad yajñe 'bhirūpaṃ tat samṛddham //
AB, 1, 30, 30.0tad daivaṃ kṣatraṃ sā śrīs tad ādhipatyaṃ tad bradhnasya viṣṭapaṃ tat prajāpater āyatanaṃ tat svārājyam //
AB, 1, 30, 30.0 tad daivaṃ kṣatraṃ sā śrīs tad ādhipatyaṃ tad bradhnasya viṣṭapaṃ tat prajāpater āyatanaṃ tat svārājyam //
AB, 1, 30, 30.0 tad daivaṃ kṣatraṃ sā śrīs tad ādhipatyaṃ tad bradhnasya viṣṭapaṃ tat prajāpater āyatanaṃ tat svārājyam //
AB, 1, 30, 30.0 tad daivaṃ kṣatraṃ sā śrīs tad ādhipatyaṃ tad bradhnasya viṣṭapaṃ tat prajāpater āyatanaṃ tat svārājyam //
AB, 1, 30, 30.0 tad daivaṃ kṣatraṃ sā śrīs tad ādhipatyaṃ tad bradhnasya viṣṭapaṃ tat prajāpater āyatanaṃ tat svārājyam //
AB, 2, 1, 1.0 yajñena vai devā ūrdhvāḥ svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs te 'bibhayur imaṃ no dṛṣṭvā manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś cānuprajñāsyantīti taṃ vai yūpenaivāyopayaṃs taṃ yad yūpenaivāyopayaṃs tad yūpasya yūpatvaṃ tam avācīnāgraṃ nimityordhvā udāyaṃs tato vai manuṣyāś ca ṛṣayaś ca devānāṃ yajñavāstv abhyāyan yajñasya kiṃcid eṣiṣyāmaḥ prajñātyā iti te vai yūpam evāvindann avācīnāgraṃ nimitaṃ te 'vidur anena vai devā yajñam ayūyupann iti tam utkhāyordhvaṃ nyaminvaṃs tato vai te pra yajñam ajānan pra svargaṃ lokam //
AB, 2, 1, 6.0 bailvaṃ yūpaṃ kurvītānnādyakāmaḥ puṣṭikāmaḥ samāṃ samāṃ vai bilvo gṛbhītas tad annādyasya rūpam ā mūlācchākhābhir anucitas tat puṣṭeḥ //
AB, 2, 1, 6.0 bailvaṃ yūpaṃ kurvītānnādyakāmaḥ puṣṭikāmaḥ samāṃ samāṃ vai bilvo gṛbhītas tad annādyasya rūpam ā mūlācchākhābhir anucitas tat puṣṭeḥ //
AB, 2, 2, 6.0 ucchrayasva vanaspata ity ucchrīyamāṇāyābhirūpā yad yajñe 'bhirūpaṃ tat samṛddham //
AB, 2, 2, 15.0 yad vai devānāṃ neti tad eṣām om iti tiṣṭha deva iva savitety eva tad āha //
AB, 2, 3, 10.0 tad āhur dvirūpo 'gnīṣomīyaḥ kartavyo dvidevatyo hīti tat tan nādṛtyam pīva iva kartavyaḥ pīvorūpā vai paśavaḥ kṛśita iva khalu vai yajamāno bhavati tad yat pīvā paśur bhavati yajamānam eva tat svena medhena samardhayati //
AB, 2, 3, 10.0 tad āhur dvirūpo 'gnīṣomīyaḥ kartavyo dvidevatyo hīti tat tan nādṛtyam pīva iva kartavyaḥ pīvorūpā vai paśavaḥ kṛśita iva khalu vai yajamāno bhavati tad yat pīvā paśur bhavati yajamānam eva tat svena medhena samardhayati //
AB, 2, 3, 12.0tat tan nādṛtyaṃ vārtraghnaṃ vā etaddhavir yad agnīṣomīyo 'gnīṣomābhyāṃ vā indro vṛtram ahaṃs tāv enam abrūtām āvābhyāṃ vai vṛtram avadhīr varaṃ te vṛṇāvahā iti vṛṇāthām iti tāv etam eva varam avṛṇātāṃ śvaḥsutyāyām paśuṃ sa enayor eṣo 'cyuto varavṛto hy enayos tasmāt tasyāśitavyaṃ caiva līpsitavyaṃ ca //
AB, 2, 3, 12.0 tat tan nādṛtyaṃ vārtraghnaṃ vā etaddhavir yad agnīṣomīyo 'gnīṣomābhyāṃ vā indro vṛtram ahaṃs tāv enam abrūtām āvābhyāṃ vai vṛtram avadhīr varaṃ te vṛṇāvahā iti vṛṇāthām iti tāv etam eva varam avṛṇātāṃ śvaḥsutyāyām paśuṃ sa enayor eṣo 'cyuto varavṛto hy enayos tasmāt tasyāśitavyaṃ caiva līpsitavyaṃ ca //
AB, 2, 7, 12.0 śamitāro yad atra sukṛtaṃ kṛṇavathāsmāsu tad yad duṣkṛtam anyatra tad ity āhāgnir vai devānāṃ hotāsīt sa enaṃ vācā vyaśād vācā vā enaṃ hotā viśāsti tad yad arvāg yat paraḥ kṛntanti yad ulbaṇaṃ yad vithuraṃ kriyate śamitṛbhyaś caivainat tan nigrabhītṛbhyaś ca samanudiśati svasty eva hotonmucyate sarvāyuḥ sarvāyutvāya //
AB, 2, 7, 12.0 śamitāro yad atra sukṛtaṃ kṛṇavathāsmāsu tad yad duṣkṛtam anyatra tad ity āhāgnir vai devānāṃ hotāsīt sa enaṃ vācā vyaśād vācā vā enaṃ hotā viśāsti tad yad arvāg yat paraḥ kṛntanti yad ulbaṇaṃ yad vithuraṃ kriyate śamitṛbhyaś caivainat tan nigrabhītṛbhyaś ca samanudiśati svasty eva hotonmucyate sarvāyuḥ sarvāyutvāya //
AB, 2, 9, 2.0 tasya yāni kiṃśārūṇi tāni romāṇi ye tuṣāḥ sā tvag ye phalīkaraṇās tad asṛg yat piṣṭaṃ kiknasās tan māṃsaṃ yat kiṃcitkaṃ sāraṃ tad asthi //
AB, 2, 9, 2.0 tasya yāni kiṃśārūṇi tāni romāṇi ye tuṣāḥ sā tvag ye phalīkaraṇās tad asṛg yat piṣṭaṃ kiknasās tan māṃsaṃ yat kiṃcitkaṃ sāraṃ tad asthi //
AB, 2, 9, 2.0 tasya yāni kiṃśārūṇi tāni romāṇi ye tuṣāḥ sā tvag ye phalīkaraṇās tad asṛg yat piṣṭaṃ kiknasās tan māṃsaṃ yat kiṃcitkaṃ sāraṃ tad asthi //
AB, 2, 11, 10.0 tad āhur yad eṣa havir eva yat paśur athāsya bahv apaiti lomāni tvag asṛk kuṣṭhikāḥ śaphā viṣāṇe skandati piśitaṃ kenāsya tad āpūryata iti //
AB, 2, 11, 11.0 yad evaitat paśau puroᄆāśam anunirvapanti tenaivāsya tad āpūryate //
AB, 2, 14, 2.0 sā vā eṣā reta eva yad vapā preva vai reto līyate preva vapā līyate śuklaṃ vai retaḥ śuklā vapāśarīraṃ vai reto 'śarīrā vapā yad vai lohitaṃ yan māṃsaṃ taccharīraṃ tasmād brūyād yāvad alohitaṃ tāvat parivāsayeti //
AB, 2, 15, 7.0 prātar vai sa taṃ devebhyo 'nvabravīd yat prātar anvabravīt tat prātaranuvākasya prātaranuvākatvam //
AB, 2, 18, 2.0 yathāchandasam anūcyaḥ prātaranuvākāḥ prajāpater vā etāny aṅgāni yac chandāṃsy eṣa u eva prajāpatir yo yajate tad yajamānāya hitam //
AB, 2, 19, 7.0 yad avagrāham anubrūyāj jīmūtavarṣī ha prajābhyaḥ parjanyaḥ syāt tasmāt tat saṃtatam evānūcyam //
AB, 2, 22, 10.0 asurī vai dīrghajihvī devānām prātaḥsavanam avāleṭ tad vyamādyat te devāḥ prājijñāsanta te mitrāvaruṇāv abruvan yuvam idaṃ niṣkurutam iti tau tathety abrūtāṃ tau vai vo varaṃ vṛṇāvahā iti vṛṇāthām iti tāv etam eva varam avṛṇātām prātaḥsavane payasyāṃ sainayor eṣācyutā varavṛtā hy enayos tad yad asyai vimattam iva tad asyai samṛddhaṃ vimattam iva hi tau tayā nirakurutām //
AB, 2, 22, 10.0 asurī vai dīrghajihvī devānām prātaḥsavanam avāleṭ tad vyamādyat te devāḥ prājijñāsanta te mitrāvaruṇāv abruvan yuvam idaṃ niṣkurutam iti tau tathety abrūtāṃ tau vai vo varaṃ vṛṇāvahā iti vṛṇāthām iti tāv etam eva varam avṛṇātām prātaḥsavane payasyāṃ sainayor eṣācyutā varavṛtā hy enayos tad yad asyai vimattam iva tad asyai samṛddhaṃ vimattam iva hi tau tayā nirakurutām //
AB, 2, 23, 5.0tat tan nādṛtyam aindrā vā ete sarve nirupyante yad anusavanam puroᄆāśās tasmāt tān ekādaśakapālān eva nirvapet //
AB, 2, 23, 5.0 tat tan nādṛtyam aindrā vā ete sarve nirupyante yad anusavanam puroᄆāśās tasmāt tān ekādaśakapālān eva nirvapet //
AB, 2, 23, 7.0tat tan nādṛtyaṃ havir vā etad yad utpūtaṃ somapītho vā eṣa yadutpūtaṃ tasmāt tasya yata eva kutaś ca prāśnīyāt sarvato vā etāḥ svadhā yajamānam upakṣaranti yad etāni havīṃṣy ājyaṃ dhānāḥ karambhaḥ parivāpaḥ puroᄆāśaḥ payasyeti //
AB, 2, 23, 7.0 tat tan nādṛtyaṃ havir vā etad yad utpūtaṃ somapītho vā eṣa yadutpūtaṃ tasmāt tasya yata eva kutaś ca prāśnīyāt sarvato vā etāḥ svadhā yajamānam upakṣaranti yad etāni havīṃṣy ājyaṃ dhānāḥ karambhaḥ parivāpaḥ puroᄆāśaḥ payasyeti //
AB, 2, 24, 10.0 etāsām eva tad devatānāṃ yajamānaṃ sāyujyaṃ sarūpatāṃ salokatāṃ gamayati gacchati śreyasaḥ sāyujyaṃ gacchati śreṣṭhatāṃ ya evaṃ veda //
AB, 2, 26, 4.0 vāk ca vā eṣa prāṇaś ca graho yad aindravāyavas tad api chandobhyāṃ yathāyathaṃ klapsyete iti //
AB, 2, 26, 5.0tat tan nādṛtyaṃ vyṛddhaṃ vā etad yajñe kriyate yatra puronuvākyā jyāyasī yājyāyai yatra vai yājyā jyāyasī tat samṛddham atho yatra same yasyo tat kāmāya tathā kuryāt prāṇasya ca vācaś cātraiva tad upāptam //
AB, 2, 26, 5.0 tat tan nādṛtyaṃ vyṛddhaṃ vā etad yajñe kriyate yatra puronuvākyā jyāyasī yājyāyai yatra vai yājyā jyāyasī tat samṛddham atho yatra same yasyo tat kāmāya tathā kuryāt prāṇasya ca vācaś cātraiva tad upāptam //
AB, 2, 26, 5.0 tat tan nādṛtyaṃ vyṛddhaṃ vā etad yajñe kriyate yatra puronuvākyā jyāyasī yājyāyai yatra vai yājyā jyāyasī tat samṛddham atho yatra same yasyo tat kāmāya tathā kuryāt prāṇasya ca vācaś cātraiva tad upāptam //
AB, 2, 26, 5.0 tat tan nādṛtyaṃ vyṛddhaṃ vā etad yajñe kriyate yatra puronuvākyā jyāyasī yājyāyai yatra vai yājyā jyāyasī tat samṛddham atho yatra same yasyo tat kāmāya tathā kuryāt prāṇasya ca vācaś cātraiva tad upāptam //
AB, 2, 28, 6.0 atho mano vai yajñasya maitrāvaruṇo vāg yajñasya hotā manasā vā iṣitā vāg vadati yāṃ hy anyamanā vācaṃ vadaty asuryā vai sā vāg adevajuṣṭā tad yad evātra maitrāvaruṇo dvir āgurate saiva hotur āgūḥ //
AB, 2, 29, 1.0 prāṇā vā ṛtuyājās tad yad ṛtuyājaiścaranti prāṇān eva tad yajamāne dadhati //
AB, 2, 29, 5.0 sa vā ayam prāṇas tredhā vihitaḥ prāṇo 'pāno vyāna iti tad yad ṛtunartubhir ṛtuneti yajanti prāṇānāṃ saṃtatyai prāṇānām avyavacchedāya //
AB, 2, 32, 5.0 tad u vā āhuḥ śaṃsed evāpi vai tad ṛtvije 'hitaṃ yaddhotā tūṣṇīṃśaṃsaṃ na śaṃsaty ṛtviji hi sarvo yajñaḥ pratiṣṭhito yajñe yajamānas tasmācchaṃstavyaḥ śaṃstavyaḥ //
AB, 2, 34, 6.0 praṇīr yajñānām iti śaṃsati vāyur vai praṇīr yajñānāṃ yadā hi prāṇity atha yajño 'thāgnihotraṃ vāyum eva tad antarikṣaloka āyātayati //
AB, 2, 35, 3.0 samasyaty uttare pade tasmāt pumān ūrū samasyati tan mithunam mithunam eva tad ukthamukhe karoti prajātyai //
AB, 2, 36, 1.0 devāsurā vā eṣu lokeṣu samayatanta te vai devāḥ sada evāyatanam akurvata tān sadaso 'jayaṃs ta āgnīdhraṃ samprāpadyanta te tato na parājayanta tasmād āgnīdhra upavasanti na sadasy āgnīdhre hy adhārayanta yad āgnīdhre 'dhārayanta tad āgnīdhrasyāgnīdhratvam //
AB, 2, 36, 3.0 te vai prātar ājyair evājayanta āyan yad ājyair evājayanta āyaṃs tad ājyānām ājyatvam //
AB, 2, 37, 1.0 devaratho vā eṣa yad yajñas tasyaitāv antarau raśmī yad ājyaprauge tad yad ājyena pavamānam anuśaṃsati praugeṇājyaṃ devarathasyaiva tad antarau raśmī viharaty alobhāya //
AB, 2, 37, 13.0 na vā etāv indrāgnī santau vyajayetām āgnendrau vā etau santau vyajayetāṃ tad yad āgnendryā yajati vijityā eva //
AB, 2, 38, 3.0 purāhāvājjapati yad vai kiṃcordhvam āhāvācchastrasyaiva tat //
AB, 2, 38, 11.0tad yad etābhyām aprasūtaḥ karoty akṛtaṃ tad akṛtam akar iti vai nindanti //
AB, 2, 38, 11.0 tad yad etābhyām aprasūtaḥ karoty akṛtaṃ tad akṛtam akar iti vai nindanti //
AB, 2, 39, 11.0 prāṇo vai jātavedāḥ sa hi jātānāṃ veda yāvatāṃ vai sa jātānāṃ veda te bhavanti yeṣām u na veda kim u te syur yo vā ājya ātmasaṃskṛtiṃ veda tat suviditam //
AB, 2, 40, 10.0 yo vai tad veda yathā chandomayo devatāmayo brahmamayo 'mṛtamayaḥ sambhūya devatā apyeti tat suviditam //
AB, 3, 3, 3.0 yaṃ kāmayeta prāṇenainaṃ vyardhayānīti vāyavyam asya lubdhaṃ śaṃsed ṛcaṃ vā padaṃ vātīyāt tenaiva tal lubdham prāṇenaivainaṃ tad vyardhayati //
AB, 3, 4, 3.0 sa yad agniḥ pravān iva dahati tad asya vāyavyaṃ rūpaṃ tad asya tenānuśaṃsati //
AB, 3, 4, 4.0 atha yad dvaidham iva kṛtvā dahati dvau vā indravāyū tad asyaindravāyavaṃ rūpaṃ tad asya tenānuśaṃsati //
AB, 3, 4, 5.0 atha yad uc ca hṛṣyati ni ca hṛṣyati tad asya maitrāvaruṇaṃ rūpaṃ tad asya tenānuśaṃsati //
AB, 3, 4, 6.0 sa yad agnir ghorasaṃsparśas tad asya vāruṇaṃ rūpaṃ taṃ yad ghorasaṃsparśaṃ santam mitrakṛtyevopāsate tad asya maitraṃ rūpaṃ tad asya tenānuśaṃsati //
AB, 3, 4, 6.0 sa yad agnir ghorasaṃsparśas tad asya vāruṇaṃ rūpaṃ taṃ yad ghorasaṃsparśaṃ santam mitrakṛtyevopāsate tad asya maitraṃ rūpaṃ tad asya tenānuśaṃsati //
AB, 3, 4, 7.0 atha yad enaṃ dvābhyām bāhubhyāṃ dvābhyām araṇībhyāṃ manthanti dvau vā aśvinau tad asyāśvinaṃ rūpaṃ tad asya tenānuśaṃsati //
AB, 3, 4, 8.0 atha yad uccairghoṣaḥ stanayan bababākurvann iva dahati yasmād bhūtāni vijante tad asyaindraṃ rūpaṃ tad asya tenānuśaṃsati //
AB, 3, 4, 9.0 atha yad enam ekaṃ santaṃ bahudhā viharanti tad asya vaiśvadevaṃ rūpaṃ tad asya tenānuśaṃsati //
AB, 3, 4, 10.0 atha yat sphūrjayan vācam iva vadan dahati tad asya sārasvataṃ rūpaṃ tad asya tenānuśaṃsati //
AB, 3, 18, 4.0 yatra yatra vai devā yajñasya chidraṃ nirajānaṃs tad dhāyyābhir apidadhus tad dhāyyānāṃ dhāyyātvam //
AB, 3, 18, 6.0 syūma haitad yajñasya yad dhāyyās tad yathā sūcyā vāsaḥ saṃdadhad iyād evam evaitābhir yajñasya chidraṃ saṃdadhad eti ya evaṃ veda yad v eva dhāyyāḥ //
AB, 3, 18, 13.0 vṛṣṭivani padaṃ maruta iti mārutam atyaṃ na mihe vi nayantīti vinītavad yad vinītavat tad vikrāntavad yad vikrāntavat tad vaiṣṇavaṃ vājinam itīndro vai vājī tasyāṃ vā etasyāṃ catvāri padāni vṛṣṭivani mārutaṃ vaiṣṇavam aindram //
AB, 3, 18, 13.0 vṛṣṭivani padaṃ maruta iti mārutam atyaṃ na mihe vi nayantīti vinītavad yad vinītavat tad vikrāntavad yad vikrāntavat tad vaiṣṇavaṃ vājinam itīndro vai vājī tasyāṃ vā etasyāṃ catvāri padāni vṛṣṭivani mārutaṃ vaiṣṇavam aindram //
AB, 3, 19, 2.0 janiṣṭhā ugraḥ sahase turāyeti sūktam śaṃsati tad vā etad yajamānajananam eva sūktaṃ yajamānaṃ ha vā etena yajñād devayonyai prajanayati //
AB, 3, 19, 3.0tat saṃjayam bhavati saṃ ca jayati vi ca jayate //
AB, 3, 19, 14.0 apa dhvāntam ūrṇuhīti yena tamasā prāvṛto manyeta tan manasā gacched apa haivāsmāt tal lupyate //
AB, 3, 21, 1.0 indro vai vṛtraṃ hatvā sarvā vijitīr vijityābravīt prajāpatim aham etad asāni yat tvam aham mahān asānīti sa prajāpatir abravīd atha ko 'ham iti yad evaitad avoca ity abravīt tato vai ko nāma prajāpatir abhavat ko vai nāma prajāpatir yan mahān indro 'bhavat tan mahendrasya mahendratvam //
AB, 3, 22, 4.0 yadīm uśmasi kartave karat tad iti yad evaitad avocāmākarat tad ity evaināṃs tad abravīt //
AB, 3, 22, 7.0 senā vā indrasya priyā jāyā vāvātā prāsahā nāma ko nāma prajāpatiḥ śvaśuras tad yāsya kāme senā jayet tasyā ardhāt tiṣṭhaṃs tṛṇam ubhayataḥ paricchidyetarāṃ senām abhy asyet prāsahe kas tvā paśyatīti tad yathaivādaḥ snuṣā śvaśurāllajjamānā nilīyamānaity evam eva sā senā bhajyamānā nilīyamānaiti yatraivaṃ vidvāṃs tṛṇam ubhayataḥ paricchidyetarāṃ senāṃ abhy asyati prāsahe kas tvā paśyatīti //
AB, 3, 23, 1.0 ṛk ca vā idam agre sāma cāstāṃ saiva nāma ṛg āsīd amo nāma sāma sā vā ṛk sāmopāvadan mithunaṃ saṃbhavāva prajātyā iti nety abravīt sāma jyāyān vā ato mama mahimeti te dve bhūtvopāvadatāṃ te na prati cana samavadata tās tisro bhūtvopāvadaṃs tat tisṛbhiḥ samabhavad yat tisṛbhiḥ samabhavat tasmāt tisṛbhiḥ stuvanti tisṛbhir udgāyanti tisṛbhir hi sāma saṃmitaṃ tasmād ekasya bahvyo jāyā bhavanti naikasyai bahavaḥ saha patayo yad vai tat sā cāmaś ca samabhavatāṃ tat sāmābhavat tat sāmnaḥ sāmatvam //
AB, 3, 26, 3.0 tasyā anuvisṛjya kṛśānuḥ somapālaḥ savyasya pado nakham achidat tacchalyako 'bhavat tasmāt sa nakham iva yad vaśam asravat sā vaśābhavat tasmāt sā havir ivātha yaḥ śalyo yad anīkam āsīt sa sarpo nirdaṃśy abhavat sahasaḥ svajo yāni parṇāni te manthāvalā yāni snāvāni te gaṇḍūpadā yat tejanaṃ so 'ndhāhiḥ so sā tatheṣur abhavat //
AB, 3, 27, 1.0 sā yad dakṣiṇena padā samagṛbhṇāt tat prātaḥsavanam abhavat tad gāyatrī svam āyatanam akuruta tasmāt tat samṛddhatamaṃ manyante sarveṣāṃ savanānām agriyo mukhyo bhavati śreṣṭhatām aśnute ya evaṃ vedātha yat savyena padā samagṛbhṇāt tan mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam abhavat tad visraṃsata tad visrastaṃ nānvāpnot pūrvaṃ savanaṃ te devāḥ prājijñāsanta tasmiṃs triṣṭubhaṃ chandasām adadhur indraṃ devatānāṃ tena tat samāvadvīryam abhavat pūrveṇa savanenobhābhyāṃ savanābhyāṃ samāvadvīryābhyāṃ samāvajjāmībhyāṃ rādhnoti ya evaṃ vedātha yan mukhena samagṛbhṇāt tat tṛtīyasavanam abhavat //
AB, 3, 27, 1.0 sā yad dakṣiṇena padā samagṛbhṇāt tat prātaḥsavanam abhavat tad gāyatrī svam āyatanam akuruta tasmāt tat samṛddhatamaṃ manyante sarveṣāṃ savanānām agriyo mukhyo bhavati śreṣṭhatām aśnute ya evaṃ vedātha yat savyena padā samagṛbhṇāt tan mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam abhavat tad visraṃsata tad visrastaṃ nānvāpnot pūrvaṃ savanaṃ te devāḥ prājijñāsanta tasmiṃs triṣṭubhaṃ chandasām adadhur indraṃ devatānāṃ tena tat samāvadvīryam abhavat pūrveṇa savanenobhābhyāṃ savanābhyāṃ samāvadvīryābhyāṃ samāvajjāmībhyāṃ rādhnoti ya evaṃ vedātha yan mukhena samagṛbhṇāt tat tṛtīyasavanam abhavat //
AB, 3, 27, 1.0 sā yad dakṣiṇena padā samagṛbhṇāt tat prātaḥsavanam abhavat tad gāyatrī svam āyatanam akuruta tasmāt tat samṛddhatamaṃ manyante sarveṣāṃ savanānām agriyo mukhyo bhavati śreṣṭhatām aśnute ya evaṃ vedātha yat savyena padā samagṛbhṇāt tan mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam abhavat tad visraṃsata tad visrastaṃ nānvāpnot pūrvaṃ savanaṃ te devāḥ prājijñāsanta tasmiṃs triṣṭubhaṃ chandasām adadhur indraṃ devatānāṃ tena tat samāvadvīryam abhavat pūrveṇa savanenobhābhyāṃ savanābhyāṃ samāvadvīryābhyāṃ samāvajjāmībhyāṃ rādhnoti ya evaṃ vedātha yan mukhena samagṛbhṇāt tat tṛtīyasavanam abhavat //
AB, 3, 27, 1.0 sā yad dakṣiṇena padā samagṛbhṇāt tat prātaḥsavanam abhavat tad gāyatrī svam āyatanam akuruta tasmāt tat samṛddhatamaṃ manyante sarveṣāṃ savanānām agriyo mukhyo bhavati śreṣṭhatām aśnute ya evaṃ vedātha yat savyena padā samagṛbhṇāt tan mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam abhavat tad visraṃsata tad visrastaṃ nānvāpnot pūrvaṃ savanaṃ te devāḥ prājijñāsanta tasmiṃs triṣṭubhaṃ chandasām adadhur indraṃ devatānāṃ tena tat samāvadvīryam abhavat pūrveṇa savanenobhābhyāṃ savanābhyāṃ samāvadvīryābhyāṃ samāvajjāmībhyāṃ rādhnoti ya evaṃ vedātha yan mukhena samagṛbhṇāt tat tṛtīyasavanam abhavat //
AB, 3, 27, 1.0 sā yad dakṣiṇena padā samagṛbhṇāt tat prātaḥsavanam abhavat tad gāyatrī svam āyatanam akuruta tasmāt tat samṛddhatamaṃ manyante sarveṣāṃ savanānām agriyo mukhyo bhavati śreṣṭhatām aśnute ya evaṃ vedātha yat savyena padā samagṛbhṇāt tan mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam abhavat tad visraṃsata tad visrastaṃ nānvāpnot pūrvaṃ savanaṃ te devāḥ prājijñāsanta tasmiṃs triṣṭubhaṃ chandasām adadhur indraṃ devatānāṃ tena tat samāvadvīryam abhavat pūrveṇa savanenobhābhyāṃ savanābhyāṃ samāvadvīryābhyāṃ samāvajjāmībhyāṃ rādhnoti ya evaṃ vedātha yan mukhena samagṛbhṇāt tat tṛtīyasavanam abhavat //
AB, 3, 27, 1.0 sā yad dakṣiṇena padā samagṛbhṇāt tat prātaḥsavanam abhavat tad gāyatrī svam āyatanam akuruta tasmāt tat samṛddhatamaṃ manyante sarveṣāṃ savanānām agriyo mukhyo bhavati śreṣṭhatām aśnute ya evaṃ vedātha yat savyena padā samagṛbhṇāt tan mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam abhavat tad visraṃsata tad visrastaṃ nānvāpnot pūrvaṃ savanaṃ te devāḥ prājijñāsanta tasmiṃs triṣṭubhaṃ chandasām adadhur indraṃ devatānāṃ tena tat samāvadvīryam abhavat pūrveṇa savanenobhābhyāṃ savanābhyāṃ samāvadvīryābhyāṃ samāvajjāmībhyāṃ rādhnoti ya evaṃ vedātha yan mukhena samagṛbhṇāt tat tṛtīyasavanam abhavat //
AB, 3, 27, 2.0 tasya patantī rasam adhayat taddhītarasaṃ nānvāpnot pūrve savane te devāḥ prājijñāsanta tat paśuṣv apaśyaṃs tad yad āśiram avanayanty ājyena paśunā caranti tena tat samāvadvīryam abhavat pūrvābhyāṃ savanābhyām //
AB, 3, 27, 2.0 tasya patantī rasam adhayat taddhītarasaṃ nānvāpnot pūrve savane te devāḥ prājijñāsanta tat paśuṣv apaśyaṃs tad yad āśiram avanayanty ājyena paśunā caranti tena tat samāvadvīryam abhavat pūrvābhyāṃ savanābhyām //
AB, 3, 28, 2.0 sāṣṭākṣarā gāyatrī prātaḥsavanam udayacchan nāśaknot triṣṭup tryakṣarā mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam udyantuṃ tāṃ gāyatry abravīd āyāny api me 'trāstv iti sā tathety abravīt triṣṭup tāṃ vai maitair aṣṭābhir akṣarair upasaṃdhehīti tatheti tām upasamadadhād etad vai tad gāyatryai madhyaṃdine yan marutvatīyasyottare pratipado yaś cānucaraḥ saikādaśākṣarā bhūtvā mādhyaṃdinaṃ savanam udayacchat //
AB, 3, 28, 3.0 nāśaknoj jagaty ekākṣarā tṛtīyasavanam udyantuṃ tāṃ gāyatry abravīd āyāny api me 'trāstv iti sā tathety abravīj jagatī tāṃ vai maitair ekādaśabhir akṣarair upasaṃdhehīti tatheti tām upasamadadhād etad vai tad gāyatryai tṛtīyasavane yad vaiśvadevasyottare pratipado yaś cānucaraḥ sā dvādaśākṣarā bhūtvā tṛtīyasavanam udayacchat //
AB, 3, 28, 6.0 ekaṃ vai sat tat tredhābhavat tasmād āhur dātavyam evaṃ viduṣa ity ekaṃ hi sat tat tredhābhavat //
AB, 3, 28, 6.0 ekaṃ vai sat tat tredhābhavat tasmād āhur dātavyam evaṃ viduṣa ity ekaṃ hi sat tat tredhābhavat //
AB, 3, 32, 4.0 punar āpyāyayanty upasadāṃ rūpeṇopasadāṃ kila vai tad rūpaṃ yad etā devatā agniḥ somo viṣṇur iti //
AB, 3, 33, 1.0 prajāpatir vai svāṃ duhitaram abhyadhyāyad divam ity anya āhur uṣasam ity anye tām ṛśyo bhūtvā rohitam bhūtām abhyait taṃ devā apaśyann akṛtaṃ vai prajāpatiḥ karotīti te tam aicchan ya enam āriṣyaty etam anyonyasmin nāvindaṃs teṣāṃ yā eva ghoratamās tanva āsaṃs tā ekadhā samabharaṃs tāḥ saṃbhṛtā eṣa devo 'bhavat tad asyaitad bhūtavan nāma //
AB, 3, 33, 3.0 taṃ devā abruvann ayaṃ vai prajāpatir akṛtam akar imaṃ vidhyeti sa tathetyabravīt sa vai vo varaṃ vṛṇā iti vṛṇīṣveti sa etam eva varam avṛṇīta paśūnām ādhipatyaṃ tad asyaitat paśuman nāma //
AB, 3, 33, 6.0tad vā idam prajāpate retaḥ siktam adhāvat tat saro 'bhavat te devā abruvan medam prajāpate reto duṣad iti yad abruvan medam prajāpate reto duṣad iti tan māduṣam abhavat tan māduṣasya māduṣatvam māduṣaṃ ha vai nāmaitad yan mānuṣaṃ tan māduṣaṃ san mānuṣam ity ācakṣate parokṣeṇa parokṣapriyā iva hi devāḥ //
AB, 3, 33, 6.0 tad vā idam prajāpate retaḥ siktam adhāvat tat saro 'bhavat te devā abruvan medam prajāpate reto duṣad iti yad abruvan medam prajāpate reto duṣad iti tan māduṣam abhavat tan māduṣasya māduṣatvam māduṣaṃ ha vai nāmaitad yan mānuṣaṃ tan māduṣaṃ san mānuṣam ity ācakṣate parokṣeṇa parokṣapriyā iva hi devāḥ //
AB, 3, 33, 6.0 tad vā idam prajāpate retaḥ siktam adhāvat tat saro 'bhavat te devā abruvan medam prajāpate reto duṣad iti yad abruvan medam prajāpate reto duṣad iti tan māduṣam abhavat tan māduṣasya māduṣatvam māduṣaṃ ha vai nāmaitad yan mānuṣaṃ tan māduṣaṃ san mānuṣam ity ācakṣate parokṣeṇa parokṣapriyā iva hi devāḥ //
AB, 3, 33, 6.0 tad vā idam prajāpate retaḥ siktam adhāvat tat saro 'bhavat te devā abruvan medam prajāpate reto duṣad iti yad abruvan medam prajāpate reto duṣad iti tan māduṣam abhavat tan māduṣasya māduṣatvam māduṣaṃ ha vai nāmaitad yan mānuṣaṃ tan māduṣaṃ san mānuṣam ity ācakṣate parokṣeṇa parokṣapriyā iva hi devāḥ //
AB, 3, 34, 1.0 tad agninā paryādadhus tan maruto 'dhūnvaṃs tad agnir na prācyāvayat tad agninā vaiśvānareṇa paryādadhus tan maruto 'dhūnvaṃs tad agnir vaiśvānaraḥ prācyāvayat tasya yad retasaḥ prathamam udadīpyata tad asāv ādityo 'bhavad yad dvitīyam āsīt tad bhṛgur abhavat taṃ varuṇo nyagṛhṇīta tasmāt sa bhṛgur vāruṇir atha yat tṛtīyam adīded iva ta ādityā abhavan ye 'ṅgārā āsaṃs te 'ṅgiraso 'bhavan yad aṅgārāḥ punar avaśāntā udadīpyanta tad bṛhaspatir abhavat //
AB, 3, 34, 1.0 tad agninā paryādadhus tan maruto 'dhūnvaṃs tad agnir na prācyāvayat tad agninā vaiśvānareṇa paryādadhus tan maruto 'dhūnvaṃs tad agnir vaiśvānaraḥ prācyāvayat tasya yad retasaḥ prathamam udadīpyata tad asāv ādityo 'bhavad yad dvitīyam āsīt tad bhṛgur abhavat taṃ varuṇo nyagṛhṇīta tasmāt sa bhṛgur vāruṇir atha yat tṛtīyam adīded iva ta ādityā abhavan ye 'ṅgārā āsaṃs te 'ṅgiraso 'bhavan yad aṅgārāḥ punar avaśāntā udadīpyanta tad bṛhaspatir abhavat //
AB, 3, 34, 2.0 yāni parikṣāṇāny āsaṃs te kṛṣṇāḥ paśavo 'bhavan yā lohinī mṛttikā te rohitā atha yad bhasmāsīt tat paruṣyaṃ vyasarpad gauro gavaya ṛśya uṣṭro gardabha iti ye caite 'ruṇāḥ paśavas te ca //
AB, 3, 36, 2.0 prajāpatiḥ prajā asṛjata tāḥ sṛṣṭāḥ parācya evāyan na vyāvartanta tā agninā paryagacchat tā agnim upāvartanta tam evādyāpy upāvṛttāḥ so 'bravīj jātā vai prajā anenāvidam iti yad abravīj jātā vai prajā anenāvidam iti taj jātavedasyam abhavat taj jātavedaso jātavedastvam //
AB, 3, 39, 5.0 tad vai yad idam āhuḥ sudhāyāṃ ha vai vājī suhito dadhātīti gāyatrī vai tan na ha vai gāyatrī kṣamā ramata ūrdhvā ha vā eṣā yajamānamādāya svar etīty agniṣṭomo vai tan na ha vā agniṣṭomaḥ kṣamā ramata ūrdhvo ha vā eṣa yajamānam ādāya svar eti //
AB, 3, 39, 5.0 tad vai yad idam āhuḥ sudhāyāṃ ha vai vājī suhito dadhātīti gāyatrī vai tan na ha vai gāyatrī kṣamā ramata ūrdhvā ha vā eṣā yajamānamādāya svar etīty agniṣṭomo vai tan na ha vā agniṣṭomaḥ kṣamā ramata ūrdhvo ha vā eṣa yajamānam ādāya svar eti //
AB, 3, 41, 4.0 tasya saṃstutasya navatiśataṃ stotriyāḥ sā yā navatis te daśa trivṛto 'tha yā navatis te daśātha yā daśa tāsām ekā stotriyodeti trivṛt pariśiṣyate so 'sāvekaviṃśo 'dhyāhitas tapati viṣuvān vā eṣa stomānāṃ daśa vā etasmād arvāñcas trivṛto daśa parāñco madhya eṣa ekaviṃśa ubhayato 'dhyāhitas tapati tad yāsau stotriyodeti saitasminn adhyūᄆhā sa yajamānas tad daivaṃ kṣatraṃ saho balam //
AB, 3, 43, 5.0 tad eṣābhi yajñagāthā gīyate yad asya pūrvam aparaṃ tad asya yad v asyāparaṃ tad v asya pūrvam aher iva sarpaṇaṃ śākalasya na vijānanti yatarat parastād iti //
AB, 3, 43, 5.0 tad eṣābhi yajñagāthā gīyate yad asya pūrvam aparaṃ tad asya yad v asyāparaṃ tad v asya pūrvam aher iva sarpaṇaṃ śākalasya na vijānanti yatarat parastād iti //
AB, 3, 46, 2.0taddhaitad eva jagdhaṃ yad āśaṃsamānam ārtvijyaṃ kārayata uta vā me dadyād uta vā mā vṛṇīteti taddha tat parāṅ eva yathā jagdhaṃ na haiva tad yajamānam bhunakti //
AB, 3, 46, 2.0 taddhaitad eva jagdhaṃ yad āśaṃsamānam ārtvijyaṃ kārayata uta vā me dadyād uta vā mā vṛṇīteti taddha tat parāṅ eva yathā jagdhaṃ na haiva tad yajamānam bhunakti //
AB, 3, 46, 2.0 taddhaitad eva jagdhaṃ yad āśaṃsamānam ārtvijyaṃ kārayata uta vā me dadyād uta vā mā vṛṇīteti taddha tat parāṅ eva yathā jagdhaṃ na haiva tad yajamānam bhunakti //
AB, 3, 46, 2.0 taddhaitad eva jagdhaṃ yad āśaṃsamānam ārtvijyaṃ kārayata uta vā me dadyād uta vā mā vṛṇīteti taddha tat parāṅ eva yathā jagdhaṃ na haiva tad yajamānam bhunakti //
AB, 3, 46, 3.0 atha haitad eva gīrṇaṃ yad bibhyad ārtvijyaṃ kārayata uta vā mā na bādhetota vā me na yajñaveśasaṃ kuryād iti taddha tat parāṅ eva yathā gīrṇaṃ na haiva tad yajamānam bhunakti //
AB, 3, 46, 3.0 atha haitad eva gīrṇaṃ yad bibhyad ārtvijyaṃ kārayata uta vā mā na bādhetota vā me na yajñaveśasaṃ kuryād iti taddha tat parāṅ eva yathā gīrṇaṃ na haiva tad yajamānam bhunakti //
AB, 3, 46, 3.0 atha haitad eva gīrṇaṃ yad bibhyad ārtvijyaṃ kārayata uta vā mā na bādhetota vā me na yajñaveśasaṃ kuryād iti taddha tat parāṅ eva yathā gīrṇaṃ na haiva tad yajamānam bhunakti //
AB, 3, 46, 4.0 atha haitad eva vāntaṃ yad abhiśasyamānam ārtvijyaṃ kārayate yathā ha vā idaṃ vāntān manuṣyā bībhatsanta evam tasmād devās taddha tat parāṅ eva yathā vāntaṃ na haiva tad yajamānam bhunakti //
AB, 3, 46, 4.0 atha haitad eva vāntaṃ yad abhiśasyamānam ārtvijyaṃ kārayate yathā ha vā idaṃ vāntān manuṣyā bībhatsanta evam tasmād devās taddha tat parāṅ eva yathā vāntaṃ na haiva tad yajamānam bhunakti //
AB, 3, 46, 4.0 atha haitad eva vāntaṃ yad abhiśasyamānam ārtvijyaṃ kārayate yathā ha vā idaṃ vāntān manuṣyā bībhatsanta evam tasmād devās taddha tat parāṅ eva yathā vāntaṃ na haiva tad yajamānam bhunakti //
AB, 3, 47, 8.0 tad vai yad idam āhuḥ sudhāyāṃ ha vai vājī suhito dadhātīti chandāṃsi vai tat sudhāyāṃ ha vā enaṃ chandāṃsi dadhati //
AB, 3, 48, 4.0 etāni vāva sarvāṇi chandāṃsi gāyatraṃ traiṣṭubhaṃ jāgatam ānuṣṭubham anv anyāny etāni hi yajñe pratamām iva kriyanta etair ha vā asya chandobhir yajataḥ sarvaiś chandobhir iṣṭam bhavati ya evaṃ veda tad vai yad idam āhuḥ sudhāyāṃ ha vai vājī suhito dadhātīti chandāṃsi vai tat sudhāyāṃ ha vā enaṃ chandāṃsi dadhaty ananudhyāyinaṃ lokaṃ jayati ya evaṃ veda taddhaika āhuḥ sūryam eva sarvāsām purastāt purastād ājyena pariyajet tad āsu sarvāsu mithunaṃ dadhātīti tad u vā āhur jāmi vā etad yajñe kriyate yatra samānībhyām ṛgbhyāṃ samāne 'han yajatīti yadi ha vā api bahvya iva jāyāḥ patir vāva tāsām mithunaṃ tad yad āsāṃ sūryam purastād yajati tad āsu sarvāsu mithunaṃ dadhāti //
AB, 3, 48, 4.0 etāni vāva sarvāṇi chandāṃsi gāyatraṃ traiṣṭubhaṃ jāgatam ānuṣṭubham anv anyāny etāni hi yajñe pratamām iva kriyanta etair ha vā asya chandobhir yajataḥ sarvaiś chandobhir iṣṭam bhavati ya evaṃ veda tad vai yad idam āhuḥ sudhāyāṃ ha vai vājī suhito dadhātīti chandāṃsi vai tat sudhāyāṃ ha vā enaṃ chandāṃsi dadhaty ananudhyāyinaṃ lokaṃ jayati ya evaṃ veda taddhaika āhuḥ sūryam eva sarvāsām purastāt purastād ājyena pariyajet tad āsu sarvāsu mithunaṃ dadhātīti tad u vā āhur jāmi vā etad yajñe kriyate yatra samānībhyām ṛgbhyāṃ samāne 'han yajatīti yadi ha vā api bahvya iva jāyāḥ patir vāva tāsām mithunaṃ tad yad āsāṃ sūryam purastād yajati tad āsu sarvāsu mithunaṃ dadhāti //
AB, 3, 49, 7.0 tān agnir aśvo bhūtvābhyatyadravad yad agnir aśvo bhūtvābhyatyadravat tat sākamaśvaṃ sāmābhavat tat sākamaśvasya sākamaśvatvam //
AB, 3, 49, 7.0 tān agnir aśvo bhūtvābhyatyadravad yad agnir aśvo bhūtvābhyatyadravat tat sākamaśvaṃ sāmābhavat tat sākamaśvasya sākamaśvatvam //
AB, 4, 2, 2.0 nānadaṃ ṣoᄆaśi sāma kartavyam ity āhur indro vai vṛtrāya vajram udayacchat tam asmai prāharat tam abhyahanat so 'bhihato vyanadad yad vyanadat tan nānadaṃ sāmābhavat tan nānadasya nānadatvam abhrātṛvyaṃ vā etad bhrātṛvyahā sāma yan nānadam //
AB, 4, 3, 5.0 trikadrukeṣu mahiṣo yavāśiram pro ṣv asmai puroratham ity aticchandasaḥ śaṃsati chandasāṃ vai yo raso 'tyakṣarat so 'ticchandasam abhy atyakṣarat tad aticchandaso 'ticchandastvaṃ sarvebhyo vā eṣa chandobhyaḥ saṃnirmito yat ṣoᄆaśī tad yad aticchandasaḥ śaṃsati sarvebhya evainaṃ tac chandobhyaḥ saṃnirmimīte //
AB, 4, 4, 4.0 pra pra vas triṣṭubham iṣam arcata prārcata yo vyatīṁr aphāṇayad iti prajñātā anuṣṭubhaḥ śaṃsati tad yatheha ceha cāpathena caritvā panthānam paryaveyāt tādṛk tad yat prajñātā anuṣṭubhaḥ śaṃsati //
AB, 4, 4, 4.0 pra pra vas triṣṭubham iṣam arcata prārcata yo vyatīṁr aphāṇayad iti prajñātā anuṣṭubhaḥ śaṃsati tad yatheha ceha cāpathena caritvā panthānam paryaveyāt tādṛk tad yat prajñātā anuṣṭubhaḥ śaṃsati //
AB, 4, 5, 3.0 tān vai paryāyair eva paryāyam anudanta yat paryāyaiḥ paryāyam anudanta tat paryāyāṇām paryāyatvam //
AB, 4, 5, 5.0 api śarvaryā anusmasīty abruvann apiśarvarāṇi khalu vā etāni chandāṃsīti ha smāhaitāni hīndraṃ rātres tamaso mṛtyor bibhyatam atyapārayaṃs tad apiśarvarāṇām apiśarvaratvam //
AB, 4, 6, 3.0 andhasvatyaḥ pītavatyo madvatyas triṣṭubho yājyā bhavanty abhirūpā yad yajñe 'bhirūpaṃ tat samṛddham //
AB, 4, 6, 4.0 prathamena paryāyeṇa stuvate prathamāny eva padāni punar ādadate yad evaiṣām aśvā gāva āsaṃs tad evaiṣāṃ tenādadate //
AB, 4, 7, 1.0 prajāpatir vai somāya rājñe duhitaram prāyacchat sūryāṃ sāvitrīṃ tasyai sarve devā varā āgacchaṃs tasyā etat sahasraṃ vahatum anvākarod yad etad āśvinam ity ācakṣate 'nāśvinaṃ haiva tad yad arvāksahasraṃ tasmāt tat sahasraṃ vaiva śaṃsed bhūyo vā //
AB, 4, 7, 7.0tattan nādṛtyaṃ ya enaṃ tatra brūyād agnim agnim iti vai pratyapādy agnim āpatsyatīti śaśvat tathā syāt //
AB, 4, 7, 7.0tattan nādṛtyaṃ ya enaṃ tatra brūyād agnim agnim iti vai pratyapādy agnim āpatsyatīti śaśvat tathā syāt //
AB, 4, 9, 6.0tattan nādṛtyaṃ trīṇy eva śaṃset trayo vā ime trivṛto lokā eṣām eva lokānām abhijityai //
AB, 4, 9, 6.0tattan nādṛtyaṃ trīṇy eva śaṃset trayo vā ime trivṛto lokā eṣām eva lokānām abhijityai //
AB, 4, 9, 8.0tat tan nādṛtyaṃ yathaiva gatvā kāṣṭhām aparādhnuyāt tādṛk tat //
AB, 4, 9, 8.0 tat tan nādṛtyaṃ yathaiva gatvā kāṣṭhām aparādhnuyāt tādṛk tat //
AB, 4, 9, 8.0 tat tan nādṛtyaṃ yathaiva gatvā kāṣṭhām aparādhnuyāt tādṛk tat //
AB, 4, 9, 9.0 sūryo no divas pātv ity etenaiva pratipadyeta yathaiva gatvā kāṣṭhām abhipadyeta tādṛk tat //
AB, 4, 9, 12.0 namo mitrasya varuṇasya cakṣasa iti jāgataṃ tadvāśīḥpadam āśiṣam evaitenāśāsta ātmane ca yajamānāya ca //
AB, 4, 12, 2.0 etena vai saṃvatsaram ārabhanta etena stomāṃś ca chandāṃsi caitena sarvā devatā anārabdhaṃ vai tac chando 'nārabdhā sā devatā yad etasminn ahani nārabhante tad ārambhaṇīyasyārambhaṇīyatvam //
AB, 4, 12, 2.0 etena vai saṃvatsaram ārabhanta etena stomāṃś ca chandāṃsi caitena sarvā devatā anārabdhaṃ vai tac chando 'nārabdhā sā devatā yad etasminn ahani nārabhante tad ārambhaṇīyasyārambhaṇīyatvam //
AB, 4, 13, 6.0 yad vai rathaṃtaraṃ tad vairūpaṃ yad bṛhat tad vairājam yad rathaṃtaraṃ tacchākvaraṃ yad bṛhat tad raivatam evam ete ubhe anavasṛṣṭe bhavataḥ //
AB, 4, 13, 6.0 yad vai rathaṃtaraṃ tad vairūpaṃ yad bṛhat tad vairājam yad rathaṃtaraṃ tacchākvaraṃ yad bṛhat tad raivatam evam ete ubhe anavasṛṣṭe bhavataḥ //
AB, 4, 13, 6.0 yad vai rathaṃtaraṃ tad vairūpaṃ yad bṛhat tad vairājam yad rathaṃtaraṃ tacchākvaraṃ yad bṛhat tad raivatam evam ete ubhe anavasṛṣṭe bhavataḥ //
AB, 4, 13, 6.0 yad vai rathaṃtaraṃ tad vairūpaṃ yad bṛhat tad vairājam yad rathaṃtaraṃ tacchākvaraṃ yad bṛhat tad raivatam evam ete ubhe anavasṛṣṭe bhavataḥ //
AB, 4, 14, 1.0 yad vai caturviṃśaṃ tan mahāvratam bṛhaddivenātra hotā retaḥ siñcati tad ado mahāvratīyenāhnā prajanayati saṃvatsare saṃvatsare vai retaḥ siktaṃ jāyate tasmāt samānam bṛhaddivo niṣkevalyam bhavaty eṣa ha vā enam parastāt karmabhir āptvāvastād upaiti ya evaṃ vidvān etad ahar upaiti //
AB, 4, 15, 6.0 pariyad vā etad devacakraṃ yad abhiplavaḥ ṣaᄆahas tasya yāv abhito 'gniṣṭomau tau pradhī ye catvāro madhya ukthyās tan nabhyam //
AB, 4, 19, 1.0 svarasāmna upayantīme vai lokāḥ svarasāmāna imān vai lokān svarasāmabhir aspṛṇvaṃs tat svarasāmnāṃ svarasāmatvaṃ tad yat svarasāmna upayanty eṣv evainaṃ tallokeṣv ābhajanti //
AB, 4, 20, 21.0 tārkṣyo ha vā etam pūrvo 'dhvānam aid yatrādo gāyatrī suparṇo bhūtvā somam āharat tad yathā kṣetrajñam adhvanaḥ puraetāraṃ kurvīta tādṛk tad yad eva tārkṣye 'yaṃ vai tārkṣyo yo 'yam pavata eṣa svargasya lokasyābhivoᄆhā //
AB, 4, 20, 21.0 tārkṣyo ha vā etam pūrvo 'dhvānam aid yatrādo gāyatrī suparṇo bhūtvā somam āharat tad yathā kṣetrajñam adhvanaḥ puraetāraṃ kurvīta tādṛk tad yad eva tārkṣye 'yaṃ vai tārkṣyo yo 'yam pavata eṣa svargasya lokasyābhivoᄆhā //
AB, 4, 22, 3.0tat tan nādṛtyaṃ saṃvatsara eva śaṃsed reto vā etat saṃvatsaraṃ dadhato yanti //
AB, 4, 22, 3.0 tat tan nādṛtyaṃ saṃvatsara eva śaṃsed reto vā etat saṃvatsaraṃ dadhato yanti //
AB, 4, 28, 1.0 bṛhac ca vā idam agre rathaṃtaraṃ cāstāṃ vāk ca vai tan manaś cāstāṃ vāg vai rathaṃtaram mano bṛhat tad bṛhat pūrvaṃ sasṛjānaṃ rathaṃtaram atyamanyata tad rathaṃtaraṃ garbham adhatta tad vairūpam asṛjata //
AB, 4, 28, 1.0 bṛhac ca vā idam agre rathaṃtaraṃ cāstāṃ vāk ca vai tan manaś cāstāṃ vāg vai rathaṃtaram mano bṛhat tad bṛhat pūrvaṃ sasṛjānaṃ rathaṃtaram atyamanyata tad rathaṃtaraṃ garbham adhatta tad vairūpam asṛjata //
AB, 4, 28, 1.0 bṛhac ca vā idam agre rathaṃtaraṃ cāstāṃ vāk ca vai tan manaś cāstāṃ vāg vai rathaṃtaram mano bṛhat tad bṛhat pūrvaṃ sasṛjānaṃ rathaṃtaram atyamanyata tad rathaṃtaraṃ garbham adhatta tad vairūpam asṛjata //
AB, 4, 28, 1.0 bṛhac ca vā idam agre rathaṃtaraṃ cāstāṃ vāk ca vai tan manaś cāstāṃ vāg vai rathaṃtaram mano bṛhat tad bṛhat pūrvaṃ sasṛjānaṃ rathaṃtaram atyamanyata tad rathaṃtaraṃ garbham adhatta tad vairūpam asṛjata //
AB, 4, 28, 2.0 te dve bhūtvā rathaṃtaraṃ ca vairūpaṃ ca bṛhad atyamanyetāṃ tad bṛhad garbham adhatta tad vairājam asṛjata //
AB, 4, 28, 2.0 te dve bhūtvā rathaṃtaraṃ ca vairūpaṃ ca bṛhad atyamanyetāṃ tad bṛhad garbham adhatta tad vairājam asṛjata //
AB, 4, 28, 3.0 te dve bhūtvā bṛhac ca vairājaṃ ca rathaṃtaraṃ ca vairūpam cātyamanyetāṃ tad rathaṃtaraṃ garbham adhatta tacchākvaram asṛjata //
AB, 4, 28, 3.0 te dve bhūtvā bṛhac ca vairājaṃ ca rathaṃtaraṃ ca vairūpam cātyamanyetāṃ tad rathaṃtaraṃ garbham adhatta tacchākvaram asṛjata //
AB, 4, 28, 4.0 tāni trīṇi bhūtvā rathaṃtaraṃ ca vairūpam ca śākvaraṃ ca bṛhac ca vairājaṃ cātyamanyanta tad bṛhad garbham adhatta tad raivatam asṛjata //
AB, 4, 28, 4.0 tāni trīṇi bhūtvā rathaṃtaraṃ ca vairūpam ca śākvaraṃ ca bṛhac ca vairājaṃ cātyamanyanta tad bṛhad garbham adhatta tad raivatam asṛjata //
AB, 4, 29, 3.0 yad vā eti ca preti ca tat prathamasyāhno rūpaṃ yad yuktavad yad rathavad yad āśumad yat pibavad yat prathame pade devatā nirucyate yad ayaṃ loko 'bhyudito yad rāthaṃtaraṃ yad gāyatraṃ yat kariṣyad etāni vai prathamasyāhno rūpāṇi //
AB, 4, 30, 6.0 iheha vo manasā bandhutā nara ity ārbhavaṃ yad vā eti ca preti ca tat prathamasyāhno rūpaṃ tad yat preti sarvam abhaviṣyat praiṣyann evāsmāllokād yajamānā iti tad yad iheha vo manasā bandhutā nara ity ārbhavam prathame 'hani śaṃsaty ayaṃ vai loka ihehāsminn evaināṃs tal loke ramayati //
AB, 4, 30, 6.0 iheha vo manasā bandhutā nara ity ārbhavaṃ yad vā eti ca preti ca tat prathamasyāhno rūpaṃ tad yat preti sarvam abhaviṣyat praiṣyann evāsmāllokād yajamānā iti tad yad iheha vo manasā bandhutā nara ity ārbhavam prathame 'hani śaṃsaty ayaṃ vai loka ihehāsminn evaināṃs tal loke ramayati //
AB, 4, 31, 3.0 yad vai neti na preti yat sthitaṃ tad dvitīyasyāhno rūpaṃ yad ūrdhvavad yat prativad yad antarvad yad vṛṣaṇvad yad vṛdhanvad yan madhyame pade devatā nirucyate yad antarikṣam abhyuditaṃ yad bārhataṃ yat traiṣṭubhaṃ yat kurvad etāni vai dvitīyasyāhno rūpāṇi //
AB, 4, 32, 7.0tad u śāryātam aṅgiraso vai svargāya lokāya satram āsata te ha sma dvitīyaṃ dvitīyam evāhar āgatya muhyanti tān vā etac chāryāto mānavo dvitīye 'hani sūktam aśaṃsayat tato vai te pra yajñam ajānan pra svargaṃ lokaṃ tad yad etat sūktaṃ dvitīye 'hani śaṃsati yajñasya prajñātyai svargasya lokasyānukhyātyai //
AB, 5, 1, 3.0 yad vai samānodarkaṃ tat tṛtīyasyāhno rūpaṃ yad aśvavad yad antavad yat punarāvṛttaṃ yat punarninṛttaṃ yad ratavad yat paryastavad yat trivad yad antarūpaṃ yad uttame pade devatā nirucyate yad asau loko 'bhyudito yad vairūpaṃ yaj jāgataṃ yat kṛtam etāni vai tṛtīyasyāhno rūpāṇi //
AB, 5, 1, 5.0 devā vai tṛtīyenāhnā svargaṃ lokam āyaṃs tān asurā rakṣāṃsy anvavārayanta te virūpā bhavata virūpā bhavateti bhavanta āyaṃs te yad virūpā bhavata virūpā bhavateti bhavanta āyaṃs tad vairūpaṃ sāmābhavat tad vairūpasya vairūpatvam //
AB, 5, 1, 7.0 tān ha smānv evāgacchanti sam eva sṛjyante tān aśvā bhūtvā padbhir apāghnata yad aśvā bhūtvā padbhir apāghnata tad aśvānām aśvatvam //
AB, 5, 2, 2.0tad u sajanīyam etad vā indrasyendriyaṃ yat sajanīyam etasmin vai śasyamāna indram indriyam āviśati //
AB, 5, 2, 4.0tad u gārtsamadam etena vai gṛtsamada indrasya priyaṃ dhāmopāgacchat sa paramaṃ lokam ajayat //
AB, 5, 2, 12.0tad u gāyam etena vai gayaḥ plāto viśveṣāṃ devānām priyaṃ dhāmopāgacchat sa paramaṃ lokam ajayat //
AB, 5, 3, 1.0 āpyante vai stomā āpyante chandāṃsi tṛtīye 'hany etad eva tata ucchiṣyate vāg ity eva tad etad akṣaraṃ tryakṣaraṃ vāg ity ekam akṣaram akṣaram iti tryakṣaram //
AB, 5, 4, 2.0 yad vā eti ca preti ca taccaturthasyāhno rūpaṃ yaddhyeva prathamam ahas tad etat punar yac caturthaṃ yad yuktavad yad rathavad yad āśumad yat pibavad yat prathame pade devatā nirucyate yad ayaṃ loko 'bhyudito yaj jātavad yaddhavavad yacchukravad yad vāco rūpaṃ yad vaimadaṃ yad viriphitaṃ yad vichandā yad ūnātiriktaṃ yad vairājaṃ yad ānuṣṭubhaṃ yat kariṣyad yat prathamasyāhno rūpam etāni vai caturthasyāhno rūpāṇi //
AB, 5, 4, 2.0 yad vā eti ca preti ca taccaturthasyāhno rūpaṃ yaddhyeva prathamam ahas tad etat punar yac caturthaṃ yad yuktavad yad rathavad yad āśumad yat pibavad yat prathame pade devatā nirucyate yad ayaṃ loko 'bhyudito yaj jātavad yaddhavavad yacchukravad yad vāco rūpaṃ yad vaimadaṃ yad viriphitaṃ yad vichandā yad ūnātiriktaṃ yad vairājaṃ yad ānuṣṭubhaṃ yat kariṣyad yat prathamasyāhno rūpam etāni vai caturthasyāhno rūpāṇi //
AB, 5, 4, 8.0tad etad astutam aśastam ayātayāma sūktaṃ yajña eva sākṣāt tad yad etac caturthasyāhna ājyam bhavati yajñād eva tad yajñaṃ tanvate vācam eva tat punar upayanti saṃtatyai //
AB, 5, 4, 15.0tad u traiṣṭubhaṃ tena pratiṣṭhitapadena savanaṃ dādhārāyatanād evaitena na pracyavate //
AB, 5, 4, 18.0 tad vai tac chando vahati yasmin nividdhīyate tasmād gāyatrīṣu nividaṃ dadhāti //
AB, 5, 5, 3.0tad u traiṣṭubhaṃ tena pratiṣṭhitapadena savanaṃ dādhārāyatanād evaitena na pracyavate //
AB, 5, 5, 5.0 tā u gāyatryo gāyatryo vā etasya tryahasya madhyaṃdinam vahanti tad vai tac chando vahati yasmin nividdhīyate tasmād gāyatrīṣu nividaṃ dadhāti //
AB, 5, 12, 2.0 yad vai samānodarkaṃ tat ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ yaddhyeva tṛtīyam ahas tad etat punar yat ṣaṣṭhaṃ yad aśvavad yad antavad yat punarāvṛttaṃ yat punarninṛttaṃ yad ratavad yat paryastavad yat trivad yad antarūpaṃ yad uttame pade devatā nirucyate yad asau loko 'bhyuditaḥ //
AB, 5, 12, 2.0 yad vai samānodarkaṃ tat ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ yaddhyeva tṛtīyam ahas tad etat punar yat ṣaṣṭhaṃ yad aśvavad yad antavad yat punarāvṛttaṃ yat punarninṛttaṃ yad ratavad yat paryastavad yat trivad yad antarūpaṃ yad uttame pade devatā nirucyate yad asau loko 'bhyuditaḥ //
AB, 5, 12, 11.0tad u traiṣṭubhaṃ tena pratiṣṭhitapadena savanaṃ dādhārāyatanād evaitena na pracyavate //
AB, 5, 12, 13.0 tā u gāyatryo gāyatryo vā etasya tryahasya madhyaṃdinaṃ vahanti tad vai tac chando vahati yasmin nivid dhīyate tasmād gāyatrīṣu nividaṃ dadhāti //
AB, 5, 13, 4.0tad u traiṣṭubhaṃ tena pratiṣṭhitapadena savanaṃ dādhārāyatanād evaitena na pracyavate //
AB, 5, 13, 6.0 tā u gāyatryo gāyatryo vā etasya tryahasya madhyaṃdinaṃ vahanti tad vai tac chando vahati yasmin nivid dhīyate tasmād gāyatrīṣu nividaṃ dadhāti //
AB, 5, 14, 6.0 taṃ svar yanto 'bruvann etat te brāhmaṇa sahasram iti tad enaṃ samākurvāṇam puruṣaḥ kṛṣṇaśavāsy uttarata upotthāyābravīn mama vā idam mama vai vāstuham iti so 'bravīn mahyaṃ vā idam adur iti tam abravīt tad vai nau tavaiva pitari praśna iti sa pitaram ait tam pitābravīn nanu te putrakādūr ity adur eva ma ity abravīt tat tu me puruṣaḥ kṛṣṇaśavāsy uttarata upodatiṣṭhan mama vā idam mama vai vāstuham ity āditeti tam pitābravīt tasyaiva putraka tat tat tu sa tubhyaṃ dāsyatīti sa punar etyābravīt tava ha vāva kila bhagava idam iti me pitāheti so 'bravīt tad ahaṃ tubhyam eva dadāmi ya eva satyam avādīr iti //
AB, 5, 16, 1.0 yad vā eti ca preti ca tat saptamasyāhno rūpam //
AB, 5, 16, 10.0tad u traiṣṭubhaṃ triṣṭupprātaḥsavana eṣa tryahaḥ //
AB, 5, 16, 11.0 ā vāyo bhūṣa śucipā upa naḥ pra yābhir yāsi dāśvāṃsam acchā no niyudbhiḥ śatinībhir adhvaraṃ pra sotā jīro adhvareṣv asthād ye vāyava indramādanāso yā vāṃ śataṃ niyuto yāḥ sahasraṃ pra yad vām mitrāvaruṇā spūrdhann ā gomatā nāsatyā rathenā no deva śavasā yāhi śuṣmin pra vo yajñeṣu devayanto arcan pra kṣodasā dhāyasā sasra eṣeti praugam eti ca preti ca saptame 'hani saptamasyāhno rūpaṃ tad u traiṣṭubhaṃ triṣṭupprātaḥsavana eṣa tryahaḥ //
AB, 5, 16, 14.0tad u kayāśubhīyam etad vai saṃjñānaṃ saṃtani sūktaṃ yat kayāśubhīyam etena ha vā indro 'gastyo marutas te samajānata tad yat kayāśubhīyaṃ śaṃsati saṃjñātyā eva //
AB, 5, 16, 15.0tad v āyuṣyaṃ tad yo 'sya priyaḥ syāt kuryād evāsya kayāśubhīyam //
AB, 5, 16, 16.0tad u traiṣṭubhaṃ tena pratiṣṭhitapadena savanaṃ dādhārāyatanād evaitena na pracyavate //
AB, 5, 16, 18.0tad u jāgataṃ jagatyo vā etasya tryahasya madhyaṃdinaṃ vahanti tad vai tac chando vahati yasmin nividdhīyate tasmāj jagatīṣu nividaṃ dadhāti //
AB, 5, 16, 18.0 tad u jāgataṃ jagatyo vā etasya tryahasya madhyaṃdinaṃ vahanti tad vai tac chando vahati yasmin nividdhīyate tasmāj jagatīṣu nividaṃ dadhāti //
AB, 5, 21, 5.0tad u traiṣṭubham tena pratiṣṭhitapadena savanaṃ dādhārāyatanād evaitena na pracyavate //
AB, 5, 21, 7.0tad u jāgataṃ jagatyo vā etasya tryahasya madhyaṃdinaṃ vahanti tad vai tac chando vahati yasmin nivid dhīyate tasmājjagatīṣu nividaṃ dadhāti //
AB, 5, 21, 7.0 tad u jāgataṃ jagatyo vā etasya tryahasya madhyaṃdinaṃ vahanti tad vai tac chando vahati yasmin nivid dhīyate tasmājjagatīṣu nividaṃ dadhāti //
AB, 5, 21, 20.0 sa naḥ parṣad ati dviṣaḥ sa naḥ parṣad ati dviṣa iti śaṃsati bahu vā etasmin navarātre kiṃca kiṃca vāraṇaṃ kriyate śāntyā eva tad yat sa naḥ parṣad ati dviṣaḥ sa naḥ parṣad ati dviṣa iti śaṃsati sarvasmād evaināṃs tad enasaḥ pramuñcati //
AB, 5, 22, 1.0 pṛṣṭhyaṃ ṣaᄆaham upayanti yathā vai mukham evam pṛṣṭhyaḥ ṣaᄆahas tad yathāntaram mukhasya jihvā tālu dantā evaṃ chandomā atha yenaiva vācaṃ vyākaroti yena svādu cāsvādu ca vijānāti tad daśamam ahaḥ //
AB, 5, 22, 2.0 yathā vai nāsike evam pṛṣṭhyaḥ ṣaᄆahas tad yathāntaram nāsikayor evaṃ chandomā atha yenaiva gandhān vijānāti tad daśamam ahaḥ //
AB, 5, 25, 15.0 annādā cānnapatnī cānnādā tad agnir annapatnī tad ādityaḥ //
AB, 5, 25, 15.0 annādā cānnapatnī cānnādā tad agnir annapatnī tad ādityaḥ //
AB, 5, 25, 16.0 bhadrā ca kalyāṇī ca bhadrā tat somaḥ kalyāṇī tat paśavaḥ //
AB, 5, 25, 16.0 bhadrā ca kalyāṇī ca bhadrā tat somaḥ kalyāṇī tat paśavaḥ //
AB, 5, 25, 17.0 anilayā cāpabhayā cānilayā tad vāyur na hy eṣa kadācanelayaty apabhayā tan mṛtyuḥ sarvaṃ hy etasmād bībhāya //
AB, 5, 25, 17.0 anilayā cāpabhayā cānilayā tad vāyur na hy eṣa kadācanelayaty apabhayā tan mṛtyuḥ sarvaṃ hy etasmād bībhāya //
AB, 5, 25, 19.0 anādhṛṣyā cāpratidhṛṣyā cānādhṛṣyā tad agnir apratidhṛṣyā tad ādityaḥ //
AB, 5, 25, 19.0 anādhṛṣyā cāpratidhṛṣyā cānādhṛṣyā tad agnir apratidhṛṣyā tad ādityaḥ //
AB, 5, 25, 20.0 apūrvā cābhrātṛvyā cāpūrvā tan mano 'bhrātṛvyā tat saṃvatsaraḥ //
AB, 5, 25, 20.0 apūrvā cābhrātṛvyā cāpūrvā tan mano 'bhrātṛvyā tat saṃvatsaraḥ //
AB, 5, 27, 8.0 yad adya dugdham pṛthivīm asṛpta yad oṣadhīr atyasṛpad yad āpaḥ payo gṛheṣu payo aghnyāyāṃ payo vatseṣu payo astu tan mayīti //
AB, 5, 28, 2.0 yaddha vā asya kiṃca naśyati yan mriyate yad apājanti sarvaṃ haivainaṃ tad amuṣmiṃlloke yathā barhiṣi dattam āgacched evam āgacchati ya evaṃ vidvān agnihotraṃ juhoti //
AB, 5, 29, 1.0 vṛṣaśuṣmo ha vātāvata uvāca jātūkarṇyo vaktā smo vā idaṃ devebhyo yad vai tad agnihotram ubhayedyur ahūyatānyedyur vāva tad etarhi hūyata iti //
AB, 5, 29, 1.0 vṛṣaśuṣmo ha vātāvata uvāca jātūkarṇyo vaktā smo vā idaṃ devebhyo yad vai tad agnihotram ubhayedyur ahūyatānyedyur vāva tad etarhi hūyata iti //
AB, 5, 29, 2.0 etad u hovāca kumārī gandharvagṛhītā vaktā smo vā idam pitṛbhyo yad vai tad agnihotram ubhayedyur ahūyatānyedyur vāva tad etarhi hūyata iti //
AB, 5, 29, 2.0 etad u hovāca kumārī gandharvagṛhītā vaktā smo vā idam pitṛbhyo yad vai tad agnihotram ubhayedyur ahūyatānyedyur vāva tad etarhi hūyata iti //
AB, 5, 30, 1.0 ete ha vai saṃvatsarasya cakre yad ahorātre tābhyām eva tat saṃvatsaram eti sa yo 'nudite juhoti yathaikataścakreṇa yāyāt tādṛk tad atha ya udite juhoti yathobhayataścakreṇa yān kṣipram adhvānaṃ samaśnuvīta tādṛk tat //
AB, 5, 30, 1.0 ete ha vai saṃvatsarasya cakre yad ahorātre tābhyām eva tat saṃvatsaram eti sa yo 'nudite juhoti yathaikataścakreṇa yāyāt tādṛk tad atha ya udite juhoti yathobhayataścakreṇa yān kṣipram adhvānaṃ samaśnuvīta tādṛk tat //
AB, 5, 30, 1.0 ete ha vai saṃvatsarasya cakre yad ahorātre tābhyām eva tat saṃvatsaram eti sa yo 'nudite juhoti yathaikataścakreṇa yāyāt tādṛk tad atha ya udite juhoti yathobhayataścakreṇa yān kṣipram adhvānaṃ samaśnuvīta tādṛk tat //
AB, 5, 31, 1.0 udyann u khalu vā āditya āhavanīyena raśmīn saṃdadhāti sa yo 'nudite juhoti yathā kumārāya vā vatsāya vājātāya stanam pratidadhyāt tādṛk tad atha ya udite juhoti yathā kumārāya vā vatsāya vā jātāya stanam pratidadhyāt tādṛk tat tam asmai pratidhīyamānam ubhayor lokayor annādyam anu pratidhīyate 'smāc ca lokād amuṣmāc cobhābhyām //
AB, 5, 31, 1.0 udyann u khalu vā āditya āhavanīyena raśmīn saṃdadhāti sa yo 'nudite juhoti yathā kumārāya vā vatsāya vājātāya stanam pratidadhyāt tādṛk tad atha ya udite juhoti yathā kumārāya vā vatsāya vā jātāya stanam pratidadhyāt tādṛk tat tam asmai pratidhīyamānam ubhayor lokayor annādyam anu pratidhīyate 'smāc ca lokād amuṣmāc cobhābhyām //
AB, 5, 31, 2.0 sa yo 'nudite juhoti yathā puruṣāya vā hastine vāprayate hasta ādadhyāt tādṛk tad atha ya udite juhoti yathā puruṣāya vā hastine vā prayate hasta ādadhyāt tādṛk tat tam eṣa etenaiva hastenordhvaṃ hṛtvā svarge loka ādadhāti ya evaṃ vidvān udite juhoti tasmād udite hotavyam //
AB, 5, 31, 2.0 sa yo 'nudite juhoti yathā puruṣāya vā hastine vāprayate hasta ādadhyāt tādṛk tad atha ya udite juhoti yathā puruṣāya vā hastine vā prayate hasta ādadhyāt tādṛk tat tam eṣa etenaiva hastenordhvaṃ hṛtvā svarge loka ādadhāti ya evaṃ vidvān udite juhoti tasmād udite hotavyam //
AB, 5, 32, 2.0 tāni śukrāṇy abhyatapat tebhyo 'bhitaptebhyas trayo varṇā ajāyantākāra ukāro makāra iti tān ekadhā samabharat tad etad aum iti tasmād om om iti praṇauty om iti vai svargo loka om ity asau yo 'sau tapati //
AB, 6, 1, 3.0 sa ha yenopodāsarpat taddhāpy etarhy arbudodāsarpaṇī nāma prapad asti //
AB, 6, 1, 5.0 tān ha rājā madayām eva cakāra te hocuḥ svena vai no mantreṇa grāvṇo 'bhiṣṭautīti hantāsyānyābhir ṛgbhir mantram āpṛṇacāmeti tatheti tasya hānyābhir ṛgbhir mantram āpapṛcus tato hainān na madayāṃcakāra tad yad asyānyābhir ṛgbhir mantram āpṛñcanti śāntyā eva //
AB, 6, 2, 6.0 tad āhuḥ katham abhiṣṭuyād ity akṣaraśaḥ caturakṣaraśaḥ pacchaḥ ardharcaśaḥ ṛkśaḥ iti tad yad ṛkśo na tad avakalpate 'tha yat paccho no eva tad avakalpate 'tha yad akṣaraśaś caturakṣaraśo vi tathā chandāṃsi lupyeran bahūni tathākṣarāṇi hīyerann ardharcaśa evābhiṣṭuyāt pratiṣṭhāyā eva //
AB, 6, 2, 6.0 tad āhuḥ katham abhiṣṭuyād ity akṣaraśaḥ caturakṣaraśaḥ pacchaḥ ardharcaśaḥ ṛkśaḥ iti tad yad ṛkśo na tad avakalpate 'tha yat paccho no eva tad avakalpate 'tha yad akṣaraśaś caturakṣaraśo vi tathā chandāṃsi lupyeran bahūni tathākṣarāṇi hīyerann ardharcaśa evābhiṣṭuyāt pratiṣṭhāyā eva //
AB, 6, 15, 1.0 athāha yad vaiśvadevaṃ vai tṛtīyasavanam atha kasmād etāny aindrāṇi jāgatāni sūktāni tṛtīyasavana ārambhaṇīyāni śasyanta itīndram evaitair ārabhya yantīti brūyād atho yaj jāgataṃ vai tṛtīyasavanaṃ taj jagatkāmyaiva tad yat kiṃcāta ūrdhvaṃ chandaḥ śasyate taddha sarvaṃ jāgatam bhavaty etāni ced aindrāṇi jāgatāni sūktāni tṛtīyasavana ārambhaṇīyāni śasyante //
AB, 6, 15, 1.0 athāha yad vaiśvadevaṃ vai tṛtīyasavanam atha kasmād etāny aindrāṇi jāgatāni sūktāni tṛtīyasavana ārambhaṇīyāni śasyanta itīndram evaitair ārabhya yantīti brūyād atho yaj jāgataṃ vai tṛtīyasavanaṃ taj jagatkāmyaiva tad yat kiṃcāta ūrdhvaṃ chandaḥ śasyate taddha sarvaṃ jāgatam bhavaty etāni ced aindrāṇi jāgatāni sūktāni tṛtīyasavana ārambhaṇīyāni śasyante //
AB, 6, 15, 1.0 athāha yad vaiśvadevaṃ vai tṛtīyasavanam atha kasmād etāny aindrāṇi jāgatāni sūktāni tṛtīyasavana ārambhaṇīyāni śasyanta itīndram evaitair ārabhya yantīti brūyād atho yaj jāgataṃ vai tṛtīyasavanaṃ taj jagatkāmyaiva tad yat kiṃcāta ūrdhvaṃ chandaḥ śasyate taddha sarvaṃ jāgatam bhavaty etāni ced aindrāṇi jāgatāni sūktāni tṛtīyasavana ārambhaṇīyāni śasyante //
AB, 6, 15, 11.0 indraś ca ha vai viṣṇuś cāsurair yuyudhāte tān ha sma jitvocatuḥ kalpāmahā iti te ha tathety asurā ūcuḥ so 'bravīd indro yāvad evāyaṃ viṣṇus trir vikramate tāvad asmākam atha yuṣmākam itarad iti sa imāṃllokān vicakrame 'tho vedān atho vācaṃ tad āhuḥ kiṃ tat sahasram itīme lokā ime vedā atho vāg iti brūyāt //
AB, 6, 16, 2.0 vikṛtir vai nārāśaṃsaṃ kim iva ca vai kim ivaca reto vikriyate tat tadā vikṛtam prajātam bhavaty athaitan mṛdv iva chandaḥ śithiraṃ yan nārāśaṃsam athaiṣo 'ntyo yad achāvākas tad dṛᄆhatāyai dṛᄆhe pratiṣṭhāsyāma iti //
AB, 6, 25, 4.0tan mahāsūktaṃ syād bhūyiṣṭheṣv eva tat paśuṣu yajamānam pratiṣṭhāpayati //
AB, 6, 25, 4.0 tan mahāsūktaṃ syād bhūyiṣṭheṣv eva tat paśuṣu yajamānam pratiṣṭhāpayati //
AB, 6, 25, 5.0 barau rohet tan mahāsūktaṃ ca jāgataṃ ca //
AB, 6, 25, 6.0 aindrāvaruṇe pratiṣṭhākāmasya rohed etaddevatā vā eṣā hotraitatpratiṣṭhā yad aindrāvaruṇā tad enat svāyām eva pratiṣṭhāyām antataḥ pratiṣṭhāpayati //
AB, 6, 26, 5.0 svargo vai lokaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahar asamāyī vai svargo lokaḥ kaścid vai svarge loke sametīti sa yat saṃśaṃset samānaṃ tat kuryād atha yan na saṃśaṃsatīṁ tat svargasya lokasya rūpaṃ tasmān na saṃśaṃsed yad eva na saṃśaṃsatīṁ //
AB, 6, 26, 8.0 taṃ yadi darpa eva vinded upariṣṭād dūrohaṇasyāpi bahūni śatāni śaṃsed yasyo tat kāmāya tathā kuryād atraiva tad upāptam //
AB, 6, 26, 13.0 yo vā agniḥ sa varuṇas tad apy etad ṛṣiṇoktaṃ tvam agne varuṇo jāyase yad iti tad yad evaindrāvaruṇyā yajati tenāgnir anantarito 'nantaritaḥ //
AB, 6, 30, 6.0 yad enāni nānā śaṃsed yathā puruṣaṃ vā reto vā vicchindyāt tādṛk tat tasmād enāni saha vā śaṃset saha vā na śaṃset //
AB, 6, 30, 15.0 taddha tathā śaṃsayāṃcakāra tad idam apy etarhi tathaiva śasyate //
AB, 6, 32, 5.0 tāḥ pragrāhaṃ śaṃsati yathā vṛṣākapiṃ vārṣākapaṃ hi vṛṣākapes tan nyāyam eti //
AB, 6, 32, 9.0 tāḥ pragrāhaṃ śaṃsati yathā vṛṣākapiṃ vārṣākapaṃ hi vṛṣākapes tan nyāyam eti tāsu na nyūṅkhayen nīvaiva nardet sa hi tāsāṃ nyūṅkhaḥ //
AB, 6, 32, 15.0 saṃvatsarasyaiva sāyujyaṃ sarūpatāṃ salokatām aśnute ya evaṃ veda tāḥ pragrāhaṃ śaṃsati yathā vṛṣākapiṃ vārṣākapaṃ hi vṛṣākapes tan nyāyam eti tāsu na nyūṅkhayen nīvaiva nardet sa hi tāsāṃ nyūṅkhaḥ //
AB, 6, 32, 18.0 tāḥ pragrāhaṃ śaṃsati yathā vṛṣākapiṃ vārṣākapaṃ hi vṛṣākapes tan nyāyam eti tāsu na nyūṅkhayet nīvīva nardet sa hi tāsāṃ nyūṅkhaḥ //
AB, 6, 36, 15.0 tad āhuḥ saṃśaṃset ṣaṣṭhe 'hān na saṃśaṃsait iti saṃśaṃsed ity āhuḥ katham anyeṣv ahassu saṃśaṃsati katham atra na saṃśaṃsed ity atho khalv āhur naiva saṃśaṃset svargo vai lokaḥ ṣaṣṭham ahar asamāyī vai svargo lokaḥ kaścid vai svarge loke sametīti sa yat saṃśaṃset samānaṃ tat kuryād atha yan na saṃśaṃsatīṁ tat svargasya lokasya rūpaṃ tasmān na saṃśaṃsed yad eva na saṃśaṃsatīṁ //
AB, 7, 1, 5.0 atha ye 'to 'nyathā tad yathā selagā vā pāpakṛto vā paśuṃ vimathnīraṃs tādṛk tat //
AB, 7, 1, 5.0 atha ye 'to 'nyathā tad yathā selagā vā pāpakṛto vā paśuṃ vimathnīraṃs tādṛk tat //
AB, 7, 3, 4.0 tad āhur yasyāgnihotry upāvasṛṣṭā duhyamānā syandeta kā tatra prāyaścittir iti sā yat tatra skandayet tad abhimṛśya japed yad adya dugdham pṛthivīm asṛpta yad oṣadhīr atyasṛpad yad āpaḥ payo gṛheṣu payo aghnyāyām payo vatseṣu payo astu tan mayīti tatra yat pariśiṣṭaṃ syāt tena juhuyād yady alaṃ homāya syād yady u vai sarvaṃ siktaṃ syād athānyām āhūya tāṃ dugdhvā tena juhuyād ā tv eva śraddhāyai hotavyaṃ sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 5, 1.0 tad āhur yasyāgnihotram adhiśritam amedhyam āpadyeta kā tatra prāyaścittir iti sarvam evainat srucy abhiparyāsicya prāṅ udetyāhavanīye haitāṃ samidham abhyādadhāty athottarata āhavanīyasyoṣṇam bhasma nirūhya juhuyān manasā vā prājāpatyayā varcā taddhutaṃ cāhutaṃ ca sa yady ekasmin unnīte yadi dvayor eṣa eva kalpas tac ced vyapanayituṃ śaknuyān niṣṣicyaitad duṣṭam aduṣṭam abhiparyāsicya tasya yathonnītī syāt tathā juhuyāt sā tatra prāyaścittiḥ //
AB, 7, 26, 5.0 yajña u ha vā eṣa pratyakṣaṃ yad brahmā brahmaṇi hi sarvo yajñaḥ pratiṣṭhito yajñe yajamāno yajña eva tad yajñam apyatyarjanti yathāpsv āpo yathāgnāv agniṃ tad vai nātiricyate tad enaṃ na hinasti tasmāt sa brahmaṇe parihṛtyaḥ //
AB, 7, 26, 5.0 yajña u ha vā eṣa pratyakṣaṃ yad brahmā brahmaṇi hi sarvo yajñaḥ pratiṣṭhito yajñe yajamāno yajña eva tad yajñam apyatyarjanti yathāpsv āpo yathāgnāv agniṃ tad vai nātiricyate tad enaṃ na hinasti tasmāt sa brahmaṇe parihṛtyaḥ //
AB, 7, 33, 7.0 āpyāyasva sametu te saṃ te payāṃsi sam u yantu vājā iti camasam āpyāyayaty abhirūpābhyāṃ yad yajñe 'bhirūpaṃ tat samṛddham //
AB, 8, 2, 1.0 janiṣṭhā ugraḥ sahase turāyeti sūktam ugravat sahasvat tat kṣatrasya rūpam mandra ojiṣṭha ity ojasvat tat kṣatrasya rūpam bahulābhimāna ity abhivad abhibhūtyai rūpaṃ tad ekādaśarcam bhavaty ekādaśākṣarā vai triṣṭup traiṣṭubho vai rājanya ojo vā indriyaṃ vīryaṃ triṣṭub ojaḥ kṣatraṃ vīryaṃ rājanyas tad enam ojasā kṣatreṇa vīryeṇa samardhayati tad gaurivītam bhavaty etad vai marutvatīyaṃ samṛddhaṃ yad gaurivītaṃ tasyoktam brāhmaṇam //
AB, 8, 2, 1.0 janiṣṭhā ugraḥ sahase turāyeti sūktam ugravat sahasvat tat kṣatrasya rūpam mandra ojiṣṭha ity ojasvat tat kṣatrasya rūpam bahulābhimāna ity abhivad abhibhūtyai rūpaṃ tad ekādaśarcam bhavaty ekādaśākṣarā vai triṣṭup traiṣṭubho vai rājanya ojo vā indriyaṃ vīryaṃ triṣṭub ojaḥ kṣatraṃ vīryaṃ rājanyas tad enam ojasā kṣatreṇa vīryeṇa samardhayati tad gaurivītam bhavaty etad vai marutvatīyaṃ samṛddhaṃ yad gaurivītaṃ tasyoktam brāhmaṇam //
AB, 8, 2, 1.0 janiṣṭhā ugraḥ sahase turāyeti sūktam ugravat sahasvat tat kṣatrasya rūpam mandra ojiṣṭha ity ojasvat tat kṣatrasya rūpam bahulābhimāna ity abhivad abhibhūtyai rūpaṃ tad ekādaśarcam bhavaty ekādaśākṣarā vai triṣṭup traiṣṭubho vai rājanya ojo vā indriyaṃ vīryaṃ triṣṭub ojaḥ kṣatraṃ vīryaṃ rājanyas tad enam ojasā kṣatreṇa vīryeṇa samardhayati tad gaurivītam bhavaty etad vai marutvatīyaṃ samṛddhaṃ yad gaurivītaṃ tasyoktam brāhmaṇam //
AB, 8, 2, 1.0 janiṣṭhā ugraḥ sahase turāyeti sūktam ugravat sahasvat tat kṣatrasya rūpam mandra ojiṣṭha ity ojasvat tat kṣatrasya rūpam bahulābhimāna ity abhivad abhibhūtyai rūpaṃ tad ekādaśarcam bhavaty ekādaśākṣarā vai triṣṭup traiṣṭubho vai rājanya ojo vā indriyaṃ vīryaṃ triṣṭub ojaḥ kṣatraṃ vīryaṃ rājanyas tad enam ojasā kṣatreṇa vīryeṇa samardhayati tad gaurivītam bhavaty etad vai marutvatīyaṃ samṛddhaṃ yad gaurivītaṃ tasyoktam brāhmaṇam //
AB, 8, 9, 6.0 sa yan namo brahmaṇe namo brahmaṇe namo brahmaṇa iti triṣkṛtvo brahmaṇe namaskaroti brahmaṇa eva tat kṣatraṃ vaśam eti tad yatra vai brahmaṇaḥ kṣatraṃ vaśam eti tad rāṣṭraṃ samṛddhaṃ tad vīravad ā hāsmin vīro jāyate //
AB, 8, 9, 6.0 sa yan namo brahmaṇe namo brahmaṇe namo brahmaṇa iti triṣkṛtvo brahmaṇe namaskaroti brahmaṇa eva tat kṣatraṃ vaśam eti tad yatra vai brahmaṇaḥ kṣatraṃ vaśam eti tad rāṣṭraṃ samṛddhaṃ tad vīravad ā hāsmin vīro jāyate //
AB, 8, 9, 7.0 atha yad varaṃ dadāmi jityā abhijityai vijityai saṃjityā iti vācaṃ visṛjata etad vai vāco jitaṃ yad dadāmīty āha yad eva vāco jitam tan ma idam anu karma saṃtiṣṭhātā iti //
AB, 8, 9, 13.0 ity aparājitāṃ diśam upatiṣṭhate jitasyaivāpunaḥparājayāya tat tad itīṁ //
AB, 8, 9, 13.0 ity aparājitāṃ diśam upatiṣṭhate jitasyaivāpunaḥparājayāya tat tad itīṁ //
AB, 8, 23, 10.0 sa hovāca vāsiṣṭhaḥ sātyahavyo 'jaiṣīr vai samantaṃ sarvataḥ pṛthivīm mahan mā gamayeti sa hovācātyarātir jānaṃtapir yadā brāhmaṇottarakurūñ jayeyam atha tvam u haiva pṛthivyai rājā syāḥ senāpatir eva te 'haṃ syām iti sa hovāca vāsiṣṭhaḥ sātyahavyo devakṣetraṃ vai tan na vai tan martyo jetum arhaty adrukṣo vai ma āta idaṃ dada iti tato hātyarātiṃ jānaṃtapim āttavīryaṃ niḥśukram amitratapanaḥ śuṣmiṇaḥ śaibyo rājā jaghāna //
AVŚ, 15, 1, 3.0tad ekam abhavat tal lalāmam abhavat tan mahad abhavat taj jyeṣṭham abhavat tad brahmābhavat tat tapo 'bhavat tat satyam abhavat tena prājāyata //
AVŚ, 15, 1, 3.0 tad ekam abhavat tal lalāmam abhavat tan mahad abhavat taj jyeṣṭham abhavat tad brahmābhavat tat tapo 'bhavat tat satyam abhavat tena prājāyata //
AVŚ, 15, 1, 3.0 tad ekam abhavat tal lalāmam abhavat tan mahad abhavat taj jyeṣṭham abhavat tad brahmābhavat tat tapo 'bhavat tat satyam abhavat tena prājāyata //
AVŚ, 15, 1, 3.0 tad ekam abhavat tal lalāmam abhavat tan mahad abhavat taj jyeṣṭham abhavat tad brahmābhavat tat tapo 'bhavat tat satyam abhavat tena prājāyata //
AVŚ, 15, 1, 3.0 tad ekam abhavat tal lalāmam abhavat tan mahad abhavat taj jyeṣṭham abhavat tad brahmābhavat tat tapo 'bhavat tat satyam abhavat tena prājāyata //
AVŚ, 15, 1, 3.0 tad ekam abhavat tal lalāmam abhavat tan mahad abhavat taj jyeṣṭham abhavat tad brahmābhavat tat tapo 'bhavat tat satyam abhavat tena prājāyata //
AVŚ, 15, 1, 3.0 tad ekam abhavat tal lalāmam abhavat tan mahad abhavat taj jyeṣṭham abhavat tad brahmābhavat tat tapo 'bhavat tat satyam abhavat tena prājāyata //
AVŚ, 15, 1, 6.0 sa ekavrātyo 'bhavat sa dhanur ādatta tad evendradhanuḥ //
AVŚ, 15, 13, 9.1 tasyām evāsya tad devatāyāṃ hutaṃ bhavati ya evaṃ veda //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 17.0 athaināṃ gārhapatye samidha ādhāpayaty agne vratapate vrataṃ cariṣyāmi tacchakeyaṃ tan me rādhyatāṃ svāhā vāyo vratapata āditya vratapate vratānāṃ vratapate vrataṃ cariṣyāmi tacchakeyaṃ tan me rādhyatāṃ svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 12, 17.0 athaināṃ gārhapatye samidha ādhāpayaty agne vratapate vrataṃ cariṣyāmi tacchakeyaṃ tan me rādhyatāṃ svāhā vāyo vratapata āditya vratapate vratānāṃ vratapate vrataṃ cariṣyāmi tacchakeyaṃ tan me rādhyatāṃ svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 16, 15.0 abhighārayati pratyanakti yad avadānāni te 'vadyan vilomākārṣam ātmana ājyena pratyanajmy enat tat ta āpyāyatāṃ punar iti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 21, 2.0 athaināṃ gārhapatye samidha ādhāpayaty agne vratapate vratam acāriṣam tad aśakam tan me 'rādhi svāhā vāyo vratapata āditya vratapate vratānāṃ vratapate vratam acāriṣam tad aśakam tan me 'rādhi svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 21, 2.0 athaināṃ gārhapatye samidha ādhāpayaty agne vratapate vratam acāriṣam tad aśakam tan me 'rādhi svāhā vāyo vratapata āditya vratapate vratānāṃ vratapate vratam acāriṣam tad aśakam tan me 'rādhi svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 1, 21, 6.0 atha yajñasamṛddhīr juhotīṣṭebhyaḥ svāhā vaṣaḍ aniṣṭebhyaḥ svāhā bheṣajaṃ duriṣṭyai svāhā niṣkṛtyai svāhā daurārddhyai svāhā daivībhyas tanūbhyaḥ svāhā ṛddhyai svāhā samṛddhyai svāhā sarvasamṛddhyai svāhā bhūḥ svāhā bhuvaḥ svāhā suvaḥ svāhā bhūr bhuvaḥ suvaḥ svāhā imaṃ me varuṇa tat tvā yāmi tvaṃ no agne sa tvaṃ no agne tvam agne ayāsi ayā san manasā hito 'yā san havyam ūhiṣe ayā no dhehi bheṣajaṃ svāhā ayāś cāgne 'sy anabhiśastīś ca satyam it tvam ayā asy ayasā manasā dhṛto ayasā havam ūhiṣe ayā no dhehi bheṣajaṃ svāhā yad asmin karmaṇy antar agāma mantrataḥ karmato vānayāhutyā tacchamayāmi sarvam tṛpyantu devā āvṛṣantāṃ ghṛtena svāhā yad asya karmaṇo 'tyarīricam yad vā nyūnam ihākaram agniṣ ṭat sviṣṭakṛd vidvān sarvaṃ sviṣṭaṃ suhutaṃ karotu me 'gnaye sviṣṭakṛte suhutahuta āhutīnāṃ kāmānāṃ samardhayitre svāhā prajāpate na tvad etāny anyo viśvā jātāni pari tā babhūva yatkāmās te juhumas tan no astu vayaṃ syāma patayo rayīṇāṃ svāheti //
BaudhŚS, 2, 1, 15.0tan ma ṛdhyatāṃ tan me samṛdhyatāṃ tan me saṃpadyatāṃ kāma iti //
BaudhŚS, 2, 1, 15.0 tan ma ṛdhyatāṃ tan me samṛdhyatāṃ tan me saṃpadyatāṃ kāma iti //
BaudhŚS, 2, 1, 15.0 tan ma ṛdhyatāṃ tan me samṛdhyatāṃ tan me saṃpadyatāṃ kāma iti //
BaudhŚS, 2, 1, 16.0 athartvijāṃ prativacanaṃ tat ta ṛdhyatāṃ tat te samṛdhyatāṃ tat te saṃpadyatāṃ kāma iti //
BaudhŚS, 2, 1, 16.0 athartvijāṃ prativacanaṃ tat ta ṛdhyatāṃ tat te samṛdhyatāṃ tat te saṃpadyatāṃ kāma iti //
BaudhŚS, 2, 1, 16.0 athartvijāṃ prativacanaṃ tat ta ṛdhyatāṃ tat te samṛdhyatāṃ tat te saṃpadyatāṃ kāma iti //
BaudhŚS, 2, 4, 22.0 vṛto vṛto japati mahan me 'voco yaśo me 'voco bhago me 'voco bhargo me 'vocas tapo me stomaṃ me 'vocaḥ kᄆptiṃ me 'voco bhuktiṃ me 'voco viśvaṃ me 'vocaḥ sarvaṃ me 'vocaḥ sarvaṃ me kalyāṇam avocas tan māvatu tan māviśatu tan mā jinvatu tena bhukṣiṣīya devo devam etu somaḥ somam etviti //
BaudhŚS, 2, 4, 22.0 vṛto vṛto japati mahan me 'voco yaśo me 'voco bhago me 'voco bhargo me 'vocas tapo me stomaṃ me 'vocaḥ kᄆptiṃ me 'voco bhuktiṃ me 'voco viśvaṃ me 'vocaḥ sarvaṃ me 'vocaḥ sarvaṃ me kalyāṇam avocas tan māvatu tan māviśatu tan mā jinvatu tena bhukṣiṣīya devo devam etu somaḥ somam etviti //
BaudhŚS, 2, 4, 22.0 vṛto vṛto japati mahan me 'voco yaśo me 'voco bhago me 'voco bhargo me 'vocas tapo me stomaṃ me 'vocaḥ kᄆptiṃ me 'voco bhuktiṃ me 'voco viśvaṃ me 'vocaḥ sarvaṃ me 'vocaḥ sarvaṃ me kalyāṇam avocas tan māvatu tan māviśatu tan mā jinvatu tena bhukṣiṣīya devo devam etu somaḥ somam etviti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 6, 52.0 etān eva punaḥ saṃmṛśati yā te prāṇāñchug jagāma yā cakṣur yā śrotram yat te krūraṃ yad āsthitaṃ tat ta āpyāyatāṃ tat ta etena śundhatām iti //
BaudhŚS, 4, 6, 52.0 etān eva punaḥ saṃmṛśati yā te prāṇāñchug jagāma yā cakṣur yā śrotram yat te krūraṃ yad āsthitaṃ tat ta āpyāyatāṃ tat ta etena śundhatām iti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 6, 21.0 sa u cen manyetāmitakāmo vā aham asmi yad ṛṅmayaṃ vede yajurmayam eva tad yāv evākṣaryau vedau tau saṃpādayetām iti naitad ādriyeta //
BaudhŚS, 16, 7, 6.0 yad idaṃ kiṃ ca tad iti manasā parimṛjya sādayati eṣa te yoniḥ prajāpataye tveti //
BaudhŚS, 16, 11, 5.0 atha ye 'naindrāgnān pratipadyante yathā śreyase 'nāhṛtya pāpīyasa āharanti tādṛk tat //
BĀU, 3, 8, 3.1 sā hovāca yad ūrdhvaṃ yājñavalkya divo yad avāk pṛthivyā yadantarā dyāvāpṛthivī ime yad bhūtaṃ ca bhavac ca bhaviṣyac cety ācakṣate kasmiṃs tad otaṃ ca protaṃ ceti //
BĀU, 3, 8, 4.1 sa hovāca yad ūrdhvaṃ gārgi divo yad avāk pṛthivyā yad antarā dyāvāpṛthivī ime yad bhūtaṃ ca bhavac ca bhaviṣyac cety ācakṣata ākāśe tad otaṃ ca protaṃ ceti //
BĀU, 3, 8, 6.1 sā hovāca yad ūrdhvaṃ yājñavalkya divo yad avāk pṛthivyā yad antarā dyāvāpṛthivī ime yad bhūtaṃ ca bhavac ca bhaviṣyac cety ācakṣate kasmiṃs tad otaṃ ca protaṃ ceti //
BĀU, 3, 8, 7.1 sa hovāca yad ūrdhvaṃ gārgi divo yad avāk pṛthivyā yad antarā dyāvāpṛthivī ime yad bhūtaṃ ca bhavac ca bhaviṣyac cety ācakṣata ākāśa eva tad otaṃ ca protaṃ ceti /
BĀU, 4, 5, 15.1 yatra hi dvaitam iva bhavati tad itara itaraṃ paśyati tad itara itaraṃ jighrati tad itara itaraṃ rasayate tad itara itaram abhivadati tad itara itaraṃ śṛṇoti tad itara itaraṃ manute tad itara itaraṃ spṛśati tad itara itaraṃ vijānāti /
BĀU, 4, 5, 15.1 yatra hi dvaitam iva bhavati tad itara itaraṃ paśyati tad itara itaraṃ jighrati tad itara itaraṃ rasayate tad itara itaram abhivadati tad itara itaraṃ śṛṇoti tad itara itaraṃ manute tad itara itaraṃ spṛśati tad itara itaraṃ vijānāti /
BĀU, 4, 5, 15.1 yatra hi dvaitam iva bhavati tad itara itaraṃ paśyati tad itara itaraṃ jighrati tad itara itaraṃ rasayate tad itara itaram abhivadati tad itara itaraṃ śṛṇoti tad itara itaraṃ manute tad itara itaraṃ spṛśati tad itara itaraṃ vijānāti /
BĀU, 4, 5, 15.1 yatra hi dvaitam iva bhavati tad itara itaraṃ paśyati tad itara itaraṃ jighrati tad itara itaraṃ rasayate tad itara itaram abhivadati tad itara itaraṃ śṛṇoti tad itara itaraṃ manute tad itara itaraṃ spṛśati tad itara itaraṃ vijānāti /
BĀU, 4, 5, 15.1 yatra hi dvaitam iva bhavati tad itara itaraṃ paśyati tad itara itaraṃ jighrati tad itara itaraṃ rasayate tad itara itaram abhivadati tad itara itaraṃ śṛṇoti tad itara itaraṃ manute tad itara itaraṃ spṛśati tad itara itaraṃ vijānāti /
BĀU, 4, 5, 15.1 yatra hi dvaitam iva bhavati tad itara itaraṃ paśyati tad itara itaraṃ jighrati tad itara itaraṃ rasayate tad itara itaram abhivadati tad itara itaraṃ śṛṇoti tad itara itaraṃ manute tad itara itaraṃ spṛśati tad itara itaraṃ vijānāti /
BĀU, 4, 5, 15.1 yatra hi dvaitam iva bhavati tad itara itaraṃ paśyati tad itara itaraṃ jighrati tad itara itaraṃ rasayate tad itara itaram abhivadati tad itara itaraṃ śṛṇoti tad itara itaraṃ manute tad itara itaraṃ spṛśati tad itara itaraṃ vijānāti /
BĀU, 4, 5, 15.1 yatra hi dvaitam iva bhavati tad itara itaraṃ paśyati tad itara itaraṃ jighrati tad itara itaraṃ rasayate tad itara itaram abhivadati tad itara itaraṃ śṛṇoti tad itara itaraṃ manute tad itara itaraṃ spṛśati tad itara itaraṃ vijānāti /
BĀU, 4, 5, 15.2 yatra tv asya sarvam ātmaivābhūt tat kena kaṃ paśyet tat kena kaṃ jighret tat kena kaṃ rasayet tat kena kam abhivadet tat kena kaṃ śṛṇuyāt tat kena kaṃ manvīta tat kena kaṃ spṛśet tat kena kaṃ vijānīyāt /
BĀU, 4, 5, 15.2 yatra tv asya sarvam ātmaivābhūt tat kena kaṃ paśyet tat kena kaṃ jighret tat kena kaṃ rasayet tat kena kam abhivadet tat kena kaṃ śṛṇuyāt tat kena kaṃ manvīta tat kena kaṃ spṛśet tat kena kaṃ vijānīyāt /
BĀU, 4, 5, 15.2 yatra tv asya sarvam ātmaivābhūt tat kena kaṃ paśyet tat kena kaṃ jighret tat kena kaṃ rasayet tat kena kam abhivadet tat kena kaṃ śṛṇuyāt tat kena kaṃ manvīta tat kena kaṃ spṛśet tat kena kaṃ vijānīyāt /
BĀU, 4, 5, 15.2 yatra tv asya sarvam ātmaivābhūt tat kena kaṃ paśyet tat kena kaṃ jighret tat kena kaṃ rasayet tat kena kam abhivadet tat kena kaṃ śṛṇuyāt tat kena kaṃ manvīta tat kena kaṃ spṛśet tat kena kaṃ vijānīyāt /
BĀU, 4, 5, 15.2 yatra tv asya sarvam ātmaivābhūt tat kena kaṃ paśyet tat kena kaṃ jighret tat kena kaṃ rasayet tat kena kam abhivadet tat kena kaṃ śṛṇuyāt tat kena kaṃ manvīta tat kena kaṃ spṛśet tat kena kaṃ vijānīyāt /
BĀU, 4, 5, 15.2 yatra tv asya sarvam ātmaivābhūt tat kena kaṃ paśyet tat kena kaṃ jighret tat kena kaṃ rasayet tat kena kam abhivadet tat kena kaṃ śṛṇuyāt tat kena kaṃ manvīta tat kena kaṃ spṛśet tat kena kaṃ vijānīyāt /
BĀU, 4, 5, 15.2 yatra tv asya sarvam ātmaivābhūt tat kena kaṃ paśyet tat kena kaṃ jighret tat kena kaṃ rasayet tat kena kam abhivadet tat kena kaṃ śṛṇuyāt tat kena kaṃ manvīta tat kena kaṃ spṛśet tat kena kaṃ vijānīyāt /
BĀU, 4, 5, 15.2 yatra tv asya sarvam ātmaivābhūt tat kena kaṃ paśyet tat kena kaṃ jighret tat kena kaṃ rasayet tat kena kam abhivadet tat kena kaṃ śṛṇuyāt tat kena kaṃ manvīta tat kena kaṃ spṛśet tat kena kaṃ vijānīyāt /
GB, 1, 2, 7, 8.0 yad atrāpi madhor ahaṃ niraṣṭhaviṣam asmṛtam agniś ca tat savitā ca punar me jaṭhare dhattāṃ yad atrāpi rasasya me parāpapātāsmṛtaṃ tad ihopahvayāmahe tan ma āpyāyatāṃ punar iti //
JB, 1, 231, 5.0 sakṛddhy eva parastāt trivṛte hiṃkurvanti yat prāyaṇaṃ tad udayanam asad iti //
JB, 1, 231, 9.0 yathā reta eva siktaṃ syān na prajāyeta tādṛk tad yat sakṛddhiṃkṛtaiḥ stuvīran //
JB, 1, 232, 11.0tad etad brahma ca kṣatraṃ ca saṃdhāya rātriṃ vahataḥ //
JB, 1, 232, 12.0tad etad brahma ca kṣatraṃ ca saṃdhāyāntataḥ pāpmānam apahataḥ //
JB, 1, 234, 1.0 puraś cakraṃ patho bile taṃ cakram abhivartate yo 'sampannena yajate 'pāko yajñena devair yad dadāti tad evāsya na lokam abhigacchatīti //
KauśS, 7, 7, 6.1 agne vratapate vrataṃ cariṣyāmi tac chakeyaṃ tat samāpeyaṃ tan me rādhyatāṃ tan me samṛdhyatāṃ tan me mā vyanaśat tena rādhyāsaṃ tat te prabravīmi tad upākaromi agnaye vratapataye svāhā //
KauśS, 7, 7, 6.1 agne vratapate vrataṃ cariṣyāmi tac chakeyaṃ tat samāpeyaṃ tan me rādhyatāṃ tan me samṛdhyatāṃ tan me mā vyanaśat tena rādhyāsaṃ tat te prabravīmi tad upākaromi agnaye vratapataye svāhā //
KauśS, 7, 7, 6.1 agne vratapate vrataṃ cariṣyāmi tac chakeyaṃ tat samāpeyaṃ tan me rādhyatāṃ tan me samṛdhyatāṃ tan me mā vyanaśat tena rādhyāsaṃ tat te prabravīmi tad upākaromi agnaye vratapataye svāhā //
KauśS, 7, 7, 6.1 agne vratapate vrataṃ cariṣyāmi tac chakeyaṃ tat samāpeyaṃ tan me rādhyatāṃ tan me samṛdhyatāṃ tan me mā vyanaśat tena rādhyāsaṃ tat te prabravīmi tad upākaromi agnaye vratapataye svāhā //
KauśS, 7, 7, 7.6 vratānāṃ vratapatayo vratam acāriṣaṃ tad aśakaṃ tat samāptaṃ tan me rāddhaṃ tan me samṛddhaṃ tan me mā vyanaśat tena rādho 'smi tad vaḥ prabravīmi tad upākaromi vratebhyo vratapatibhyaḥ svāheti //
KauśS, 7, 7, 7.6 vratānāṃ vratapatayo vratam acāriṣaṃ tad aśakaṃ tat samāptaṃ tan me rāddhaṃ tan me samṛddhaṃ tan me mā vyanaśat tena rādho 'smi tad vaḥ prabravīmi tad upākaromi vratebhyo vratapatibhyaḥ svāheti //
KauśS, 7, 7, 7.6 vratānāṃ vratapatayo vratam acāriṣaṃ tad aśakaṃ tat samāptaṃ tan me rāddhaṃ tan me samṛddhaṃ tan me mā vyanaśat tena rādho 'smi tad vaḥ prabravīmi tad upākaromi vratebhyo vratapatibhyaḥ svāheti //
KauśS, 7, 7, 7.6 vratānāṃ vratapatayo vratam acāriṣaṃ tad aśakaṃ tat samāptaṃ tan me rāddhaṃ tan me samṛddhaṃ tan me mā vyanaśat tena rādho 'smi tad vaḥ prabravīmi tad upākaromi vratebhyo vratapatibhyaḥ svāheti //
KāṭhGS, 41, 23.8 śrutaṃ ca me aśrutaṃ ca me tan me ubhayavratam /
KāṭhGS, 41, 23.9 vrataṃ ca me avrataṃ ca me tan me ubhayavratam /
KāṭhGS, 41, 23.10 yad brāhmaṇasya brahmaṇi vrataṃ yad agneḥ sendrasya saprajāpatikasya sarṣikasya sapitṛkasya samanuṣyasya samanuṣyarājanyasya sagandharvāpsarojanaskasya sasarpetarajanaskasya sauṣadhivanaspatikasya saha grāmyaiḥ paśubhir āraṇyaiś ca sākāśasya saprakāśasya sātīkāśasya sānūkāśasya saha yan ma ātmana ātmani vrataṃ tan me sarvavratam /
KāṭhGS, 49, 1.2 agnir mūrdhā hiraṇyagarbho maruto yan mṛḍā no rudra sutrāmāṇaṃ tava śriye namo astu sarpebhya āhaṃ pitṝn sadā sugo ye te aryamaṃs tat savitur ya ime dyāvāpṛthivī vāyur agregā indrāgnī rocanā mitro janān indraḥ sutrāmā yaṃ te devī śaṃ no devīr viśve devā brahma jajñānaṃ vaṣaṭ te viṣṇa ā me gṛhā imaṃ me varuṇopaprāgād ahir iva bhogaiḥ pūṣā gā anvetu naḥ pra vāṃ daṃsāṃsi yamo dādhāreti pratyṛcam //
PB, 4, 6, 23.0tat triṣṭubjagatīṣu bhavati traiṣṭubhjāgato vā ādityo yad ato 'nyāsu syād ava svargāl lokāt padyeran //
PB, 4, 7, 5.0 mā no ajñātā vṛjanā durādhyo māśivāso 'vakramur iti ye vai stenā ripavas te durādhyas tān eva tad atikrāmati //
PB, 4, 9, 13.0 caturhotāraṃ hotā vyācaṣṭe stutam eva tad anuśaṃsati nahi tat stutaṃ yad ananuśastam //
PB, 4, 10, 1.0 prajāpatiḥ prajā asṛjata so 'ricyata so 'padyata taṃ devā abhisamagacchanta te 'bruvan mahad asmai vrataṃ saṃbharāma yad imaṃ dhinavad iti tasmai yat saṃvvatsaram annaṃ pacyate tat samabharaṃs tad asmai prāyacchaṃs tad avratayat tad enam adhinon mahan maryā vrataṃ yad imam adhinvīd iti tan mahāvratasya mahāvratatvam //
PB, 4, 10, 1.0 prajāpatiḥ prajā asṛjata so 'ricyata so 'padyata taṃ devā abhisamagacchanta te 'bruvan mahad asmai vrataṃ saṃbharāma yad imaṃ dhinavad iti tasmai yat saṃvvatsaram annaṃ pacyate tat samabharaṃs tad asmai prāyacchaṃs tad avratayat tad enam adhinon mahan maryā vrataṃ yad imam adhinvīd iti tan mahāvratasya mahāvratatvam //
PB, 4, 10, 6.0 yad vā adaś caturviṃśaṃ prāyaṇīyaṃ tad etad udayanīyam //
PB, 5, 2, 3.0 tasya prācī dik śiras tac chandobhiḥ sahasram asāv anyataraḥ pakṣaḥ sa nakṣatraiḥ sāhasro 'yam anyataraḥ pakṣaḥ sa oṣadhibhiś ca vanaspatibhiś ca sāhasro 'ntarikṣam ātmā tad vayobhiḥ sāhasraṃ pratīcī dik pucchaṃ tad agnibhiś ca raśmibhiś ca sāhasraṃ pra sahasraṃ paśūn āpnoti ya evaṃ veda //
PB, 5, 2, 3.0 tasya prācī dik śiras tac chandobhiḥ sahasram asāv anyataraḥ pakṣaḥ sa nakṣatraiḥ sāhasro 'yam anyataraḥ pakṣaḥ sa oṣadhibhiś ca vanaspatibhiś ca sāhasro 'ntarikṣam ātmā tad vayobhiḥ sāhasraṃ pratīcī dik pucchaṃ tad agnibhiś ca raśmibhiś ca sāhasraṃ pra sahasraṃ paśūn āpnoti ya evaṃ veda //
PB, 5, 2, 3.0 tasya prācī dik śiras tac chandobhiḥ sahasram asāv anyataraḥ pakṣaḥ sa nakṣatraiḥ sāhasro 'yam anyataraḥ pakṣaḥ sa oṣadhibhiś ca vanaspatibhiś ca sāhasro 'ntarikṣam ātmā tad vayobhiḥ sāhasraṃ pratīcī dik pucchaṃ tad agnibhiś ca raśmibhiś ca sāhasraṃ pra sahasraṃ paśūn āpnoti ya evaṃ veda //
PB, 6, 4, 11.0 ūrg asy ūrjodā ūrjaṃ me dehy ūrjaṃ me dhehy annaṃ me dehy annaṃ me dhehi prajāpater vā etad udaraṃ yat sada ūrg udumbaro yad audumbarī madhye sadaso mīyate madhyata eva tat prajābhyo 'nnam ūrjaṃ dadhāti //
PB, 7, 2, 1.0 prajāpatir devebhya ātmānaṃ yajñaṃ kṛtvā prāyacchat te 'nyonyasmā agrāya nātiṣṭhanta tān abravīd ājim asminn iteti ta ājim āyan yad ājim āyaṃs tad ājyānām ājyatvam //
PB, 7, 2, 2.0 sa indro 'ved agnir vā idam agra ujjeṣyatīti so 'bravīd yataro nāv idam agra ujjayāt tan nau saheti so 'gnir agra udajayad atha mitrāvaruṇāv athendro 'thaiṣaikā hotrānujjitāsīt sa indro 'gnim abravīd yat sahāvocāvahīyaṃ nau tad iti saiṣaindrāgny adhyardham agne stotram adhyardham indrasya //
PB, 7, 6, 5.0 tato bṛhad anuprājāyata bṛhan maryā idaṃ sa jyog antarabhūd iti tad bṛhato bṛhattvam //
PB, 8, 2, 10.0 prajāpatir uṣasam adhyait svāṃ duhitaraṃ tasya retaḥ parāpatat tad asyāṃ nyaṣicyata tad aśrīṇād idaṃ me mā duṣad iti tat sad akarot paśūn eva //
PB, 8, 6, 1.0 devā vai brahma vyabhajanta tasya yo raso 'tyaricyata tad yajñāyajñīyam abhavat //
PB, 10, 4, 8.0 pratnavatyaḥ prāyaṇīyasyāhnaḥ pratipado bhavanti teno eva tad ajāmi //
PB, 10, 9, 1.0 yad ṛcā prastauti tat prathamasyāhno rūpam svaravibhakter yat purastāt stobhaṃ tad dvitīyasya yad ubhayataḥ stobhaṃ tat tṛtīyasya yad anutunnaṃ tac caturthasya yad abhyārabdhaṃ tat pañcamasya yad ihakāreṇābhyastaṃ tat ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpam //
PB, 10, 9, 1.0 yad ṛcā prastauti tat prathamasyāhno rūpam svaravibhakter yat purastāt stobhaṃ tad dvitīyasya yad ubhayataḥ stobhaṃ tat tṛtīyasya yad anutunnaṃ tac caturthasya yad abhyārabdhaṃ tat pañcamasya yad ihakāreṇābhyastaṃ tat ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpam //
PB, 10, 9, 1.0 yad ṛcā prastauti tat prathamasyāhno rūpam svaravibhakter yat purastāt stobhaṃ tad dvitīyasya yad ubhayataḥ stobhaṃ tat tṛtīyasya yad anutunnaṃ tac caturthasya yad abhyārabdhaṃ tat pañcamasya yad ihakāreṇābhyastaṃ tat ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpam //
PB, 10, 9, 1.0 yad ṛcā prastauti tat prathamasyāhno rūpam svaravibhakter yat purastāt stobhaṃ tad dvitīyasya yad ubhayataḥ stobhaṃ tat tṛtīyasya yad anutunnaṃ tac caturthasya yad abhyārabdhaṃ tat pañcamasya yad ihakāreṇābhyastaṃ tat ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpam //
PB, 10, 9, 1.0 yad ṛcā prastauti tat prathamasyāhno rūpam svaravibhakter yat purastāt stobhaṃ tad dvitīyasya yad ubhayataḥ stobhaṃ tat tṛtīyasya yad anutunnaṃ tac caturthasya yad abhyārabdhaṃ tat pañcamasya yad ihakāreṇābhyastaṃ tat ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpam //
PB, 10, 9, 1.0 yad ṛcā prastauti tat prathamasyāhno rūpam svaravibhakter yat purastāt stobhaṃ tad dvitīyasya yad ubhayataḥ stobhaṃ tat tṛtīyasya yad anutunnaṃ tac caturthasya yad abhyārabdhaṃ tat pañcamasya yad ihakāreṇābhyastaṃ tat ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpam //
PB, 10, 10, 1.1 padanidhanaṃ prathamasyāhno rūpam nidhanavibhakter bahirṇidhanaṃ dvitīyasya diṅnidhanaṃ tṛtīyasyenidhanaṃ caturthasyāthakāraṇidhanaṃ pañcamasya yad ihakāreṇābhyastaṃ tat ṣaṣṭhasyāhno rūpaṃ nidhanānāṃ yasmād eṣā samānā satī nidhanavibhaktir nānārūpā tasmād ime lokāḥ saha santo nānaiva //
PB, 11, 5, 23.0 yad u caivānuṣṭubhasya madhye nidhanasya brāhmaṇaṃ tad u caitasya //
PB, 11, 6, 4.0 pūrvam u tad rūpam apareṇa rūpeṇānuvadati yat pūrvaṃ rūpam apareṇa rūpeṇānuvadati tad anurūpasyānurūpatvam //
PB, 11, 7, 1.0 ubhābhyāṃ vai rūpābhyāṃ bahiṣpavamānyo yujyante yatsāmā stomo bhavati tad ājyeṣu //
PB, 11, 10, 12.0 tad u sīdantīyam ity āhur etena vai prajāpatir ūrdhva imān lokān asīdad yad asīdat tat sīdantīyasya sīdantīyatvam ūrdhva imān lokān sīdati sīdantīyena tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 12, 1, 5.0 pūrvam u caiva tad rūpam apareṇa rūpeṇānuvadati yat pūrvaṃ rūpam apareṇa rūpeṇānuvadati tad anurūpasyānurūpatvam anurūpa enaṃ putro jāyate ya evaṃ veda //
PB, 12, 3, 10.0 ahar vā etad avlīyata tad devā vaiṣṭambhair vyaṣṭabhnuvaṃs tad vaiṣṭambhasya vaiṣṭambhatvam //
PB, 12, 4, 14.0 anaḍvāhau vā etau devayānau yajamānasya yad bṛhadrathantare tāv eva tad yunakti svargasya lokasya samaṣṭyai //
PB, 12, 5, 11.0 paṣṭhavāḍvā etenāṅgirasaś caturthasyāhno vācaṃ vadantīm upāśṛṇot sa ho vāg iti nidhanam upait tad asyābhyuditaṃ tad ahar avasat //
PB, 12, 5, 23.0 devāś ca vā asurāś cāspardhanta yaṃ devānām aghnan na sa samabhavad yam asurāṇāṃ saṃ so 'bhavat te devās tapo 'tapyanta ta etad ariṣṭam apaśyaṃs tato yaṃ devānām aghnat saṃ so 'bhavad yam asurāṇāṃ na sa samabhavad anenāriṣāmeti tad ariṣṭasyāriṣṭatvam ariṣṭyā evāriṣṭam antataḥ kriyate //
PB, 12, 6, 3.0 taṃ te madaṃ gṛṇīmasīti madavad vai rasavat tṛtīyasavanaṃ madam eva tad rasaṃ dadhāti //
PB, 12, 6, 8.0 indraś ca vai namuciś cāsuraḥ samadadhātāṃ na no naktaṃ na divā hanan nārdreṇa na śuṣkeṇeti tasya vyuṣṭāyām anudita āditye 'pāṃ phenena śiro 'chinad etad vai na naktaṃ na divā yat vyuṣṭāyām anudita āditya etan nārdraṃ na śuṣkaṃ yad apāṃ phenas tad enaṃ pāpīyaṃ vācaṃ vadad anvavartata vīrahannadruho 'druha iti tan narcā na sāmnāpahantum aśaknot //
PB, 12, 7, 7.0 pūrvam u caiva tadrūpam apareṇa rūpeṇānuvadati yat pūrvaṃ rūpam apareṇa rūpeṇānuvadati tad anurūpasyānurūpatvam anurūpa enaṃ putro jāyate ya evaṃ veda //
PB, 12, 9, 2.0 yat pavasveti tad bṛhato rūpaṃ bārhataṃ hy etad ahaḥ //
PB, 12, 9, 21.0 yad vā asurāṇām asoḍham āsīt tad devāḥ sattrāsāhīyenāsahanta satrainān asakṣmahīti tat sattrāsāhīyasya sattrāsāhīyatvam //
PB, 12, 13, 1.0 indraśca bṛhacca samabhavatāṃ tam indraṃ bṛhad ekayā tanvātyaricyata tasyā abibhedanayā mābhibhaviṣyatīti so 'bravīt ṣoḍaśī te 'yaṃ yajñakratur astv iti sa ṣoḍaśy abhavat tad asya janma //
PB, 14, 3, 19.0 agnir akāmayatānnādaḥ syām iti sa tapo 'tapyata sa etad gauṅgavam apaśyat tenānnādo 'bhavad yad annaṃ vitvā agardad yad agaṅgūyat tad gauṅgavasya gauṅgavatvam annādyasyāvaruddhyai gauṅgavaṃ kriyate //
PB, 14, 9, 10.0 ahar vā etad avlīyata tad devā āśunābhyadhinvaṃs tad āśor āśutvam //
PB, 14, 9, 36.0 yad vā etasyāhnaś chidram āsīt tad devā acchidreṇāpyauhaṃs tad acchidrasyācchidratvam //
PB, 14, 11, 14.0 svarbhānur vā āsura ādityaṃ tamasāvidhyat sa na vyarocata tasyātrir bhāsena tamo 'pāhan sa vyarocata yad vai tadbhā abhavat tad bhāsasya bhāsatvam //
PB, 15, 3, 7.0 divodāsaṃ vai bharadvājapurohitaṃ nānājanāḥ paryayatanta sa upāsīdad ṛṣe gātuṃ me vindeti tasmā etena sāmnā gātum avindad gātuvid vā etatsāmānena dāre nāsṛnmeti tad adārasṛto 'dārasṛttvaṃ vindate gātuṃ na dāre dhāvaty adārasṛtā tuṣṭuvānaḥ //
PB, 15, 3, 29.0 ahar vā etad avlīyata tad devā devasthāne tiṣṭhantaḥ saṃkṛtinā samaskurvaṃs tat saṃkṛteḥ saṃkṛtitvaṃ devasthānena vai devāḥ svarge loke pratyatiṣṭhan svarge loke pratiṣṭhām ety etat //
PB, 15, 3, 36.0tad u saṃvad ity āhuḥ saṃvatā vai devāḥ svargaṃ lokaṃ prāyann udvatodāyan //
PB, 15, 7, 3.0 prajāpatiṃ vā etenāhnā pariveviṣati tanna vyavavadyaṃ yad vai śreṣṭhe pariviṣyamāṇo vadaty annādyasya so 'vagrahas tasmān na vyavavadyam annādyasyānavagrāhāya //
PB, 15, 7, 4.0tad u vyavavadyaṃ yathā śreṣṭhāya baliṃ hriyamāṇaṃ panthānaṃ paryanuvedayati gatyai tathā tat //
PB, 15, 7, 4.0 tad u vyavavadyaṃ yathā śreṣṭhāya baliṃ hriyamāṇaṃ panthānaṃ paryanuvedayati gatyai tathā tat //
PB, 15, 7, 5.0 yāvaty anuṣṭup tāvatīṃ vācaṃ sampādya vibrūyus tad v anatiriktaṃ svasyo caiva yajñasyāriṣṭyai //
TS, 6, 3, 4, 7.2 yajñena vai devāḥ suvargaṃ lokam āyan te 'manyanta manuṣyā no 'nvābhaviṣyantīti te yūpena yopayitvā suvargaṃ lokam āyan tam ṛṣayo yūpenaivānuprājānan tad yūpasya yūpatvam //
TS, 6, 3, 4, 8.2 purastān minoti purastāddhi yajñasya prajñāyate 'prajñātaṃ hi tad yad atipanna āhur idaṃ kāryam āsīd iti sādhyā vai devā yajñam atyamanyanta tān yajño nāspṛśat tān yad yajñasyātiriktam āsīt tad aspṛśad atiriktaṃ vā etad yajñasya yad agnāv agnim mathitvā praharaty atiriktam etat //
TS, 6, 3, 4, 8.2 purastān minoti purastāddhi yajñasya prajñāyate 'prajñātaṃ hi tad yad atipanna āhur idaṃ kāryam āsīd iti sādhyā vai devā yajñam atyamanyanta tān yajño nāspṛśat tān yad yajñasyātiriktam āsīt tad aspṛśad atiriktaṃ vā etad yajñasya yad agnāv agnim mathitvā praharaty atiriktam etat //
TS, 6, 3, 4, 9.1 yūpasya yad ūrdhvaṃ caṣālāt teṣāṃ tad bhāgadheyaṃ tān eva tena prīṇāti /
TĀ, 2, 9, 1.0 ajān ha vai pṛśnīṃs tapasyamānān brahma svayaṃbhv abhyānarṣat tad ṛṣayo 'bhavan tad ṛṣīṇām ṛṣitvaṃ tāṃ devatām upātiṣṭhanta yajñakāmās ta etaṃ brahmayajñam apaśyan tam āharan tenāyajanta //
TĀ, 2, 9, 1.0 ajān ha vai pṛśnīṃs tapasyamānān brahma svayaṃbhv abhyānarṣat tad ṛṣayo 'bhavan tad ṛṣīṇām ṛṣitvaṃ tāṃ devatām upātiṣṭhanta yajñakāmās ta etaṃ brahmayajñam apaśyan tam āharan tenāyajanta //
VasDhS, 2, 5.2 dvayam u ha vai puruṣasya reto brāhmaṇasyordhvaṃ nābher adhastād avācīnam anyat tad yad ūrdhvaṃ nābhes tena haitat prajā jāyate yad brāhmaṇān upanayati yad adhyāpayati yad yājayati yat sādhu karoti /
VasDhS, 2, 11.2 yathaiva te na guror bhojanīyās tathaiva tān na bhunakti śrutaṃ tat //
ĀpŚS, 16, 29, 2.2 tasya tvaṣṭā vidadhad rūpam eti tat puruṣasya viśvam ājānam agra ity etām upadhāyartasad asi satyasad asi tejaḥsad asi varcaḥsad asi yaśaḥsad asi gṛṇānāsi /
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 3.2 agne vratapate vratamacāriṣaṃ tad aśakam tanme 'rādhīty aśakaddhyetad yo yajñasya saṃsthām agann arādhi hyasmai yo yajñasya saṃsthām agannetena nveva bhūyiṣṭhā iva vratamupayanty anena tvevopeyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 1, 1, 6.2 idamahaṃ ya evāsmi so 'smīty amānuṣa iva vā etadbhavati yadvratamupaiti na hi tadavakalpate yadbrūyād idamahaṃ satyādanṛtamupaimīti tad u khalu punarmānuṣo bhavati tasmādidam ahaṃ ya evāsmi so 'smītyevaṃ vrataṃ visṛjeta //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 12.2 athema ita upasamarundhaṃs tānt saṃrudhyaibhiśca lokair abhinyadadhur yad u cemāṃllokān ati caturthaṃ tataḥ punar na samajihata tad etannidānena yat stambayajuḥ //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 16.2 pṛthivi devayajanyoṣadhyāste mūlam mā hiṃsiṣam ity uttaramūlāmiva vā enāmetatkaroty ādadānas tām etad āhauṣadhīnāṃ te mūlāni mā hiṃsiṣamiti vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānam ity abhinidhāsyannevaitadanapakrami kurute taddhyanapakrami yadvraje 'ntas tasmādāha vrajaṃ gaccha goṣṭhānamiti varṣatu te dyauriti yatra vā asyai khanantaḥ krūrīkurvanty apaghnanti śāntir āpas tadadbhiḥ śāntyā śamayati tadadbhiḥ saṃdadhāti tasmād āha varṣatu te dyaur iti badhāna deva savitaḥ paramasyām pṛthivyām iti devam evaitat savitāram āhāndhe tamasi badhāneti yadāha paramasyām pṛthivyām iti śatena pāśair ityamuce tad āha yo 'smān dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmas tam ato mā maug iti yadi nābhicared yady u abhicared amum ato mā maug iti brūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 20.2 trayo vā ime lokā ebhir evainam etallokair abhinidadhāty addhā vai tad yad ime lokā addho tad yad yajus tasmāt triryajuṣā harati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 20.2 trayo vā ime lokā ebhir evainam etallokair abhinidadhāty addhā vai tad yad ime lokā addho tad yad yajus tasmāt triryajuṣā harati //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 21.2 sa yad imāṃllokānati caturthamasti vā na vā tenaivaitaddviṣantam bhrātṛvyam avabādhate 'naddhā vai tadyadimāṃllokānati caturthamasti vā na vānaddho tad yat tūṣṇīṃ tasmāt tūṣṇīṃ caturtham //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 4, 21.2 sa yad imāṃllokānati caturthamasti vā na vā tenaivaitaddviṣantam bhrātṛvyam avabādhate 'naddhā vai tadyadimāṃllokānati caturthamasti vā na vānaddho tad yat tūṣṇīṃ tasmāt tūṣṇīṃ caturtham //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 18.2 devā ha vai saṃgrāmaṃ saṃnidhāsyantas te hocur hanta yadasyai pṛthivyā anāmṛtaṃ devayajanaṃ taccandramasi nidadhāmahai sa yadi na ito 'surā jayeyus tata evārcantaḥ śrāmyantaḥ punar abhibhavemeti sa yadasyai pṛthivyā anāmṛtaṃ devayajanam āsīt taccandramasi nyadadhata tad etaccandramasi kṛṣṇaṃ tasmād āhuś candramasy asyai pṛthivyai devayajanam ity api ha vāsyaitasmin devayajana iṣṭaṃ bhavati tasmād vai pratimārṣṭi //
ŚBM, 1, 2, 5, 26.2 bṛhaspatirāṅgiraso yadvai śuśruma devānām pariṣūtaṃ tadeṣa yajño bhavati yacchṛtāni havīṃṣi kᄆptā vedis tenāvamarśam acāriṣṭa tasmātpāpīyāṃso 'bhūta tenānavamarśaṃ yajadhvaṃ tathā śreyāṃso bhaviṣyathety ā kiyata ity ā barhiṣa staraṇāditi barhiṣā ha vai khalveṣā śāmyati sa yadi purā barhiṣa staraṇāt kiṃcid āpadyeta barhir eva tatstṛṇannapāsyed atha yadā barhi stṛṇantyapi padābhitiṣṭhanti sa yo haivaṃ vidvān anavamarśaṃ yajate śreyān ha vai bhavati tasmād anavamarśam eva yajate //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 1.2tadyatsrucaḥ saṃmārṣṭi yathā vai devānāṃ caraṇaṃ tadvā anu manuṣyāṇāṃ tasmād yadā manuṣyāṇām pariveṣaṇam upakᄆptam bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 10.2 yathāgniṃ nābhivyukṣed yathā yasmā aśanam āhariṣyant syāt tam pātranirṇejanenābhivyukṣed evaṃ tat tasmād u tathaiva saṃmṛjyād yathāgniṃ nābhivyukṣet prāṅ ivaivotkramya //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 11.2 sruksammārjanānyagnāvabhyādadhati vedasyāhābhūvant sruca ebhiḥ samamārjiṣur idaṃ vai kiṃcidyajñasya ned idam bahirdhā yajñād bhavad iti tad u tathā na kuryād yathā yasmā aśanamāharettam pātranirṇejanam pāyayedevaṃ tat tasmād u parāsyedevaitāni //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 1, 20.2 tadāhavanīye 'dhiśrayati yasyāhavanīye havīṃṣi śrapayanti sarvo me yajña āhavanīye śṛto 'sad ity atha yadamutrāgre 'dhiśrayati patnīṃ hyavakāśayiṣyan bhavati na hi tadavakalpate yat sāmi pratyaggharet patnīm avakāśayiṣyāmīty atha yat patnīṃ nāvakāśayed antariyāddha yajñāt patnīṃ tatho ha yajñāt patnīṃ nāntareti tasmād u sārdham eva vilāpya prāg udāharaty avakāśya patnīṃ yasyo patnī na bhavaty agra eva tasyāhavanīye 'dhiśrayati tat tata ādatte tad antarvedyāsādayati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 2, 6.2 devebhyas tāyata ṛtubhyaś chandobhyo yaddhavis tad devānāṃ yat somo rājā yatpuroḍāśas tat tad ādiśya gṛhṇāty amuṣmai tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmīty evam u haiteṣām //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 16.2 yad bahiṣparidhi skantsyati tad yuṣmāsu hutam atha yadva uparyupari hoṣyanti tad vo 'viṣyatīti sa yadagnau juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad enān uparyupari juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad bahiṣparidhi skandati tad eteṣu hutaṃ tasmād u ha nāga iva skannaṃ syād imāṃ vai te prāviśan yad vā idaṃ kiṃca skandaty asyām eva tat sarvaṃ pratitiṣṭhati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 16.2 yad bahiṣparidhi skantsyati tad yuṣmāsu hutam atha yadva uparyupari hoṣyanti tad vo 'viṣyatīti sa yadagnau juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad enān uparyupari juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad bahiṣparidhi skandati tad eteṣu hutaṃ tasmād u ha nāga iva skannaṃ syād imāṃ vai te prāviśan yad vā idaṃ kiṃca skandaty asyām eva tat sarvaṃ pratitiṣṭhati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 16.2 yad bahiṣparidhi skantsyati tad yuṣmāsu hutam atha yadva uparyupari hoṣyanti tad vo 'viṣyatīti sa yadagnau juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad enān uparyupari juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad bahiṣparidhi skandati tad eteṣu hutaṃ tasmād u ha nāga iva skannaṃ syād imāṃ vai te prāviśan yad vā idaṃ kiṃca skandaty asyām eva tat sarvaṃ pratitiṣṭhati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 16.2 yad bahiṣparidhi skantsyati tad yuṣmāsu hutam atha yadva uparyupari hoṣyanti tad vo 'viṣyatīti sa yadagnau juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad enān uparyupari juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad bahiṣparidhi skandati tad eteṣu hutaṃ tasmād u ha nāga iva skannaṃ syād imāṃ vai te prāviśan yad vā idaṃ kiṃca skandaty asyām eva tat sarvaṃ pratitiṣṭhati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 16.2 yad bahiṣparidhi skantsyati tad yuṣmāsu hutam atha yadva uparyupari hoṣyanti tad vo 'viṣyatīti sa yadagnau juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad enān uparyupari juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad bahiṣparidhi skandati tad eteṣu hutaṃ tasmād u ha nāga iva skannaṃ syād imāṃ vai te prāviśan yad vā idaṃ kiṃca skandaty asyām eva tat sarvaṃ pratitiṣṭhati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 3, 16.2 yad bahiṣparidhi skantsyati tad yuṣmāsu hutam atha yadva uparyupari hoṣyanti tad vo 'viṣyatīti sa yadagnau juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad enān uparyupari juhvati tad enān avaty atha yad bahiṣparidhi skandati tad eteṣu hutaṃ tasmād u ha nāga iva skannaṃ syād imāṃ vai te prāviśan yad vā idaṃ kiṃca skandaty asyām eva tat sarvaṃ pratitiṣṭhati //
ŚBM, 1, 3, 5, 11.2 api darśapūrṇamāsayor anubrūyād ity āhur dvādaśa vai māsāḥ saṃvatsarasya pañcartavas trayo lokās tad viṃśatir eṣa evaikaviṃśo ya eṣa tapati saiṣā gatireṣā pratiṣṭhā tadetāṃ gatim etām pratiṣṭhāṃ gacchati tasmādekaviṃśatimanubrūyāt //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 7.2 pra vo vājā abhidyava iti tannu preti bhavaty agna āyāhi vītaya iti tad v eti bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 7.2 pra vo vājā abhidyava iti tannu preti bhavaty agna āyāhi vītaya iti tad v eti bhavati //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 8.2 ubhayaṃ vā etat preti sampadyata iti tad u tadātivijñānyamiva pra vo vājā abhidyava iti tan nu prety agna āyāhi vītaya iti tad v eti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 8.2 ubhayaṃ vā etat preti sampadyata iti tad u tadātivijñānyamiva pra vo vājā abhidyava iti tan nu prety agna āyāhi vītaya iti tad v eti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 8.2 ubhayaṃ vā etat preti sampadyata iti tad u tadātivijñānyamiva pra vo vājā abhidyava iti tan nu prety agna āyāhi vītaya iti tad v eti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 8.2 ubhayaṃ vā etat preti sampadyata iti tad u tadātivijñānyamiva pra vo vājā abhidyava iti tan nu prety agna āyāhi vītaya iti tad v eti //
ŚBM, 1, 4, 1, 9.2 pra vo vājā abhidyava iti tannu preti bhavati vājā ity annaṃ vai vājā annam evaitad abhyanūktam abhidyava ity ardhamāsā vā abhidyavo 'rdhamāsānevaitadabhyanūktaṃ haviṣmanta iti paśavo vai haviṣmantaḥ paśūnevaitad abhyanūktam //
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 6.1 tad u hovāca bhāllaveyo yathā vā anyat kariṣyant so 'nyat kuryād yathānyad vadiṣyant so 'nyad vaded yathānyena pathaiṣyant so 'nyena pratipadyetaivaṃ tad ya etaṃ cātuṣprāśyam odanam pacet /
ŚBM, 2, 1, 4, 6.3 na hi tad avakalpate yasminn agnāv ṛcā vā sāmnā vā yajuṣā vā samidhaṃ vābhyādadhyād āhutiṃ vā juhuyād yat taṃ dakṣiṇā vā hareyur anu vā gamayeyuḥ /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 7.6 uta hi tad varṣāsu bhavati yad āhur grīṣma iva vā adyeti /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 7.7 uto tad varṣāsu bhavati yad āhuḥ śiśira iva vā adyeti /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 8.2 yad eva purastād vāti tad vasantasya rūpaṃ yat stanayati tad grīṣmasya yad varṣati tad varṣāṇāṃ yad vidyotate taccharado yad vṛṣṭvodgṛhṇāti taddhemantasya /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 8.2 yad eva purastād vāti tad vasantasya rūpaṃ yat stanayati tad grīṣmasya yad varṣati tad varṣāṇāṃ yad vidyotate taccharado yad vṛṣṭvodgṛhṇāti taddhemantasya /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 8.2 yad eva purastād vāti tad vasantasya rūpaṃ yat stanayati tad grīṣmasya yad varṣati tad varṣāṇāṃ yad vidyotate taccharado yad vṛṣṭvodgṛhṇāti taddhemantasya /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 8.2 yad eva purastād vāti tad vasantasya rūpaṃ yat stanayati tad grīṣmasya yad varṣati tad varṣāṇāṃ yad vidyotate taccharado yad vṛṣṭvodgṛhṇāti taddhemantasya /
ŚBM, 2, 2, 3, 8.2 yad eva purastād vāti tad vasantasya rūpaṃ yat stanayati tad grīṣmasya yad varṣati tad varṣāṇāṃ yad vidyotate taccharado yad vṛṣṭvodgṛhṇāti taddhemantasya /
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 2.2 tad udakumbham upanidadhāti tannāpita upatiṣṭhate tat keśaśmaśru ca vapate nakhāni ca nikṛntate 'sti vai puruṣasyāmedhyaṃ yatrāsyāpo nopatiṣṭhante keśaśmaśrau ca vā asya nakheṣu cāpo nopatiṣṭhante tad yat keśaśmaśru ca vapate nakhāni ca nikṛntate medhyo bhūtvā dīkṣā iti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 11.2 āpo asmānmātaraḥ śundhayantviti ghṛtena no ghṛtapvaḥ punantviti tadvai supūtaṃ yaṃ ghṛtenāpunaṃs tasmādāha ghṛtena no ghṛtapvaḥ punantviti viśvaṃ hi ripram pravahanti devīriti yad vai viśvaṃ sarvaṃ tad yad amedhyaṃ ripraṃ tat sarvaṃ hyasmād amedhyam pravahanti tasmād āha viśvaṃ hi ripram pravahanti devīriti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 11.2 āpo asmānmātaraḥ śundhayantviti ghṛtena no ghṛtapvaḥ punantviti tadvai supūtaṃ yaṃ ghṛtenāpunaṃs tasmādāha ghṛtena no ghṛtapvaḥ punantviti viśvaṃ hi ripram pravahanti devīriti yad vai viśvaṃ sarvaṃ tad yad amedhyaṃ ripraṃ tat sarvaṃ hyasmād amedhyam pravahanti tasmād āha viśvaṃ hi ripram pravahanti devīriti //
ŚBM, 3, 1, 2, 11.2 āpo asmānmātaraḥ śundhayantviti ghṛtena no ghṛtapvaḥ punantviti tadvai supūtaṃ yaṃ ghṛtenāpunaṃs tasmādāha ghṛtena no ghṛtapvaḥ punantviti viśvaṃ hi ripram pravahanti devīriti yad vai viśvaṃ sarvaṃ tad yad amedhyaṃ ripraṃ tat sarvaṃ hyasmād amedhyam pravahanti tasmād āha viśvaṃ hi ripram pravahanti devīriti //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 3, 1.2 na vā ṛte yūpāt paśum ālabhante kadācana tad yat tathā na ha vā etasmā agre paśavaś cakṣamire yad annam abhaviṣyan yathedam annam bhūtā yathā haivāyaṃ dvipāt puruṣa ucchrita evaṃ haiva dvipāda ucchritāśceruḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 7, 3, 3.2 agnim mathitvā niyunakti tadyattathā na ha vā etasmā agre paśavaś cakṣamire yaddhavir abhaviṣyan yathainānidaṃ havirbhūtān agnau juhvati tāndevā upanirurudhus ta upaniruddhā nopāveyuḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 8.2 yathā vai grasitam evam asyaitad bhavati yad enena paryagniṃ karoti sa yathā grasitam anuhāyācchidya tad anyasmai prayacched evaṃ tat tasmād etasyaivolmukasyāṅgārān nimṛdya tasminn enaṃ śrapayeyuḥ //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 10.2 naiṣa yajamānenānvārabhyo mṛtyave hyetaṃ nayanti tasmānnānvārabheteti tadanvevārabheta na vā etam mṛtyave nayanti yaṃ yajñāya nayanti tasmād anv evārabheta yajñād u haivātmānam antariyād yannānvārabheta tasmādanvevārabheta tat parokṣam anvārabdham bhavati vapāśrapaṇībhyām pratiprasthātā pratiprasthātāram adhvaryur adhvaryuṃ yajamāna etad u parokṣam anvārabdhaṃ bhavati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 14.2 tat purastāt tṛṇam upāsyati varṣo varṣīyasi yajñe yajñapatiṃ dhā iti barhir evāsmā etat stṛṇāty askannaṃ havirasaditi tad yad evāsyātra viśasyamānasya kiṃcitskandati tad etasmin pratitiṣṭhati tathā nāmuyā bhavati //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 15.2 nedasya saṃjñapyamānasyādhyakṣā asāmeti tasya na kūṭena praghnanti mānuṣaṃ hi tan no eva paścākarṇaṃ pitṛdevatyaṃ hi tad apigṛhya vaiva mukhaṃ tamayanti veṣkaṃ vā kurvanti tannāha jahi mārayeti mānuṣaṃ hi tat saṃjñapayānvaganniti taddhi devatrā sa yad āhānvagannityetarhi hyeṣa devān anugacchati tasmād āhānvaganniti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 15.2 nedasya saṃjñapyamānasyādhyakṣā asāmeti tasya na kūṭena praghnanti mānuṣaṃ hi tan no eva paścākarṇaṃ pitṛdevatyaṃ hi tad apigṛhya vaiva mukhaṃ tamayanti veṣkaṃ vā kurvanti tannāha jahi mārayeti mānuṣaṃ hi tat saṃjñapayānvaganniti taddhi devatrā sa yad āhānvagannityetarhi hyeṣa devān anugacchati tasmād āhānvaganniti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 15.2 nedasya saṃjñapyamānasyādhyakṣā asāmeti tasya na kūṭena praghnanti mānuṣaṃ hi tan no eva paścākarṇaṃ pitṛdevatyaṃ hi tad apigṛhya vaiva mukhaṃ tamayanti veṣkaṃ vā kurvanti tannāha jahi mārayeti mānuṣaṃ hi tat saṃjñapayānvaganniti taddhi devatrā sa yad āhānvagannityetarhi hyeṣa devān anugacchati tasmād āhānvaganniti //
ŚBM, 3, 8, 1, 15.2 nedasya saṃjñapyamānasyādhyakṣā asāmeti tasya na kūṭena praghnanti mānuṣaṃ hi tan no eva paścākarṇaṃ pitṛdevatyaṃ hi tad apigṛhya vaiva mukhaṃ tamayanti veṣkaṃ vā kurvanti tannāha jahi mārayeti mānuṣaṃ hi tat saṃjñapayānvaganniti taddhi devatrā sa yad āhānvagannityetarhi hyeṣa devān anugacchati tasmād āhānvaganniti //
ŚBM, 4, 6, 9, 12.10 tad yad evaitasya sāmno rūpaṃ tad evaite bhavanti ye sattram āsate //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 3, 11.2 vāca uttamamālabhante yadi vai prajāpateḥ paramasti vāgeva tad etad vācam ujjayāma iti vadantas tad u tathā na kuryāt sarvaṃ vā idam prajāpatir yad ime lokā yadidaṃ kiṃ ca sā yad evaiṣu lokeṣu vāg vadati tad vācam ujjayati tasmād u tannādriyeta //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 3, 13.2 avyūḍhe srucāv athaiṣāṃ havirbhiḥ pracaranti so 'nto 'nto vai prajāpatis tad antata evaitat prajāpatim ujjayaty atha yat purā pracared yathā yam adhvānam eṣyant syāt taṃ gatvā sa kva tataḥ syād evaṃ tat tasmād eṣām atra havirbhiḥ pracaranti //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 11.2 trivṛddhi devānāṃ taddhi devatrādhipraṣṭiyuga eva caturtho 'nveti mānuṣo hi sa taṃ yatra dāsyan bhavati taccaturthamupayujya dadāti tasmād apītarasmin yajña eta eva trayo yuktā bhavanti trivṛddhi devānāṃ taddhi devatrādhipraṣṭiyuga eva caturtho 'nveti mānuṣo hi sa taṃ yatra dāsyan bhavati taccaturtham upayujya dadāti //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 4, 11.2 trivṛddhi devānāṃ taddhi devatrādhipraṣṭiyuga eva caturtho 'nveti mānuṣo hi sa taṃ yatra dāsyan bhavati taccaturthamupayujya dadāti tasmād apītarasmin yajña eta eva trayo yuktā bhavanti trivṛddhi devānāṃ taddhi devatrādhipraṣṭiyuga eva caturtho 'nveti mānuṣo hi sa taṃ yatra dāsyan bhavati taccaturtham upayujya dadāti //
ŚBM, 5, 1, 5, 21.2 juhoti vānu vā mantrayate dvayaṃ tad yasmājjuhoti vānu vā mantrayate yadi juhoti yadyanumantrayate samāna eva bandhur etān evaitad aśvān dhāvata upavājayaty eteṣu vīryaṃ dadhāti tisro vā imāḥ pṛthivya iyam ahaikā dve asyāḥ pare tā evaitadujjayati //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 3.2 eṣa te nirṛte bhāgas taṃ juṣasva svāhetīyaṃ vai nirṛtiḥ sā yam pāpmanā gṛhṇāti taṃ nirṛtyā gṛhṇāti tad yad evāsyā atra nairṛtaṃ rūpaṃ tad evaitacchamayati tatho hainaṃ sūyamānaṃ nirṛtirna gṛhṇāty atha yat svakṛte veriṇe juhoti śvabhrapradare vaitad u hyasyai nirṛtigṛhītam //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 6.2 āgnāvaiṣṇavam ekādaśakapālam puroḍāśaṃ nirvapati tena yatheṣṭyaivaṃ yajate tad yad evādaḥ prajātam āgnāvaiṣṇavaṃ dīkṣaṇīyaṃ havis tad evaitad agnir vai sarvā devatā agnau hi sarvābhyo devatābhyo juhvaty agnir vai yajñasyāvarārdhyo viṣṇuḥ parārdhyas tat sarvāś caivaitad devatāḥ parigṛhya sarvaṃ ca yajñam parigṛhya sūyā iti tasmād āgnāvaiṣṇava ekādaśakapālaḥ puroḍāśo bhavati tasya hiraṇyaṃ dakṣiṇāgneyo vā eṣa yajño bhavaty agne reto hiraṇyaṃ yo vai viṣṇuḥ sa yajño 'gnir u vai yajña eva tad u tad āgneyameva tasmāddhiraṇyaṃ dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 6.2 āgnāvaiṣṇavam ekādaśakapālam puroḍāśaṃ nirvapati tena yatheṣṭyaivaṃ yajate tad yad evādaḥ prajātam āgnāvaiṣṇavaṃ dīkṣaṇīyaṃ havis tad evaitad agnir vai sarvā devatā agnau hi sarvābhyo devatābhyo juhvaty agnir vai yajñasyāvarārdhyo viṣṇuḥ parārdhyas tat sarvāś caivaitad devatāḥ parigṛhya sarvaṃ ca yajñam parigṛhya sūyā iti tasmād āgnāvaiṣṇava ekādaśakapālaḥ puroḍāśo bhavati tasya hiraṇyaṃ dakṣiṇāgneyo vā eṣa yajño bhavaty agne reto hiraṇyaṃ yo vai viṣṇuḥ sa yajño 'gnir u vai yajña eva tad u tad āgneyameva tasmāddhiraṇyaṃ dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 3, 6.2 āgnāvaiṣṇavam ekādaśakapālam puroḍāśaṃ nirvapati tena yatheṣṭyaivaṃ yajate tad yad evādaḥ prajātam āgnāvaiṣṇavaṃ dīkṣaṇīyaṃ havis tad evaitad agnir vai sarvā devatā agnau hi sarvābhyo devatābhyo juhvaty agnir vai yajñasyāvarārdhyo viṣṇuḥ parārdhyas tat sarvāś caivaitad devatāḥ parigṛhya sarvaṃ ca yajñam parigṛhya sūyā iti tasmād āgnāvaiṣṇava ekādaśakapālaḥ puroḍāśo bhavati tasya hiraṇyaṃ dakṣiṇāgneyo vā eṣa yajño bhavaty agne reto hiraṇyaṃ yo vai viṣṇuḥ sa yajño 'gnir u vai yajña eva tad u tad āgneyameva tasmāddhiraṇyaṃ dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 13.2 so 'gnereko bhāgo 'tha yad vāruṇo yavamayaś carur bhavati yo vai varuṇaḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gner dvitīyo bhāgo 'tha yadraudro gāvedhukaścarurbhavati yo vai rudraḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gnes tṛtīyo bhāgo 'tha yad gāvedhuko bhavati vāstavyo vā eṣa devo vāstavyā gavedhukās tasmād gāvedhuko bhavaty atha yad anaḍuhyai vahalāyā aindraṃ dadhi bhavati sa indrasya caturtho bhāgo yad vai caturthaṃ tat turīyaṃ tasmād indraturīyaṃ nāma tasyaiṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā sā hi vahenāgneyy agnidagdham iva hyasyai vaham bhavaty atha yat strī satī vahaty adharmeṇa tad asyai vāruṇaṃ rūpam atha yad gaustena raudry atha yad asyā aindraṃ dadhi tenaindryeṣā hi vā etat sarvaṃ vyaśnute tasmādeṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 4, 13.2 so 'gnereko bhāgo 'tha yad vāruṇo yavamayaś carur bhavati yo vai varuṇaḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gner dvitīyo bhāgo 'tha yadraudro gāvedhukaścarurbhavati yo vai rudraḥ so 'gniḥ so 'gnes tṛtīyo bhāgo 'tha yad gāvedhuko bhavati vāstavyo vā eṣa devo vāstavyā gavedhukās tasmād gāvedhuko bhavaty atha yad anaḍuhyai vahalāyā aindraṃ dadhi bhavati sa indrasya caturtho bhāgo yad vai caturthaṃ tat turīyaṃ tasmād indraturīyaṃ nāma tasyaiṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā sā hi vahenāgneyy agnidagdham iva hyasyai vaham bhavaty atha yat strī satī vahaty adharmeṇa tad asyai vāruṇaṃ rūpam atha yad gaustena raudry atha yad asyā aindraṃ dadhi tenaindryeṣā hi vā etat sarvaṃ vyaśnute tasmādeṣaivānaḍuhī vahalā dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 2, 5, 17.2 saṃvatsaro vai vaiśvānaraḥ saṃvatsaraḥ prajāpatir ṛṣabho vai paśūnām prajāpatis tasmād ṛṣabho vaiśvānarasya dakṣiṇā kṛṣṇaṃ vāso vāruṇasya taddhi vāruṇaṃ yat kṛṣṇaṃ yadi kṛṣṇaṃ na vindedapi yad eva kiṃ ca vāsaḥ syād granthibhir hi vāso vāruṇaṃ varuṇyo hi granthiḥ //
ŚBM, 5, 3, 2, 2.2 sūryaṃ tamasā vivyādha sa tamasā viddho na vyarocata tasya somārudrāvevaitattamo 'pāhatāṃ sa eṣo 'pahatapāpmā tapati tatho evaiṣa etat tamaḥ praviśaty etaṃ vā tamaḥ praviśati yad ayajñiyān yajñena prasajaty ayajñiyān vā etad yajñena prasajati śūdrāṃs tvad yāṃs tvat tasya somārudrāvevaitattamo 'pahataḥ so 'pahatapāpmaiva dīkṣate tadyacchvetāyai śvetavatsāyai payasi śṛto bhavati kṛṣṇaṃ vai tamas tat tamo 'pahanti tasyaiṣaiva śvetā śvetavatsā dakṣiṇā //
ŚBM, 5, 5, 5, 16.2 tāni brahmaṇe dadāti na vai brahmā pracarati na stute na śaṃsaty atha sa yaśo na vai hiraṇyena kiṃcana kurvanty atha tad yaśas tasmāttrīṇi śatamānāni brahmaṇe dadāti //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 1.2 tad āhuḥ kiṃ tad asad āsīd ity ṛṣayo vāva te 'gre sadāsīt tadāhuḥ ke ta ṛṣaya iti prāṇā vā ṛṣayas te yat purāsmāt sarvasmād idamicchantaḥ śrameṇa tapasāriṣaṃstasmādṛṣayaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 4.2 yo rasa āsīttamūrdhvaṃ samudauhaṃs tadasya śiro 'bhavad yacchriyaṃ samudauhaṃs tasmācchiras tasminn etasmin prāṇā aśrayanta tasmād vevaitacchiro 'tha yatprāṇā aśrayanta tasmād u prāṇāḥ śriyau 'tha yat sarvasminnaśrayanta tasmād u śarīram //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 7.2 yaivaiteṣāṃ saptānām puruṣāṇāṃ śrīr yo rasas tametadūrdhvaṃ samudūhanti tad asyaitacchiras tasmint sarve devāḥ śritā atra hi sarvebhyo devebhyo juhvati tasmād v evaitacchiraḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 10.2 ābhyo 'dbhyo 'dhi prajāyeyeti so 'nayā trayyā vidyayā sahāpaḥ prāviśat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tadabhyamṛśad astvity astu bhūyo 'stv ity eva tadabravīt tato brahmaiva prathamamasṛjyata trayyeva vidyā tasmād āhur brahmāsya sarvasya prathamajamity api hi tasmāt puruṣād brahmaiva pūrvam asṛjyata tadasya tanmukham evāsṛjyata tasmād anūcānam āhur agnikalpa iti mukhaṃ hyetad agner yad brahma //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 10.2 ābhyo 'dbhyo 'dhi prajāyeyeti so 'nayā trayyā vidyayā sahāpaḥ prāviśat tata āṇḍaṃ samavartata tadabhyamṛśad astvity astu bhūyo 'stv ity eva tadabravīt tato brahmaiva prathamamasṛjyata trayyeva vidyā tasmād āhur brahmāsya sarvasya prathamajamity api hi tasmāt puruṣād brahmaiva pūrvam asṛjyata tadasya tanmukham evāsṛjyata tasmād anūcānam āhur agnikalpa iti mukhaṃ hyetad agner yad brahma //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 12.2 ābhyo 'dbhyo 'dhīmām prajanayeyamiti tāṃ saṃkliśyāpsu prāvidhyat tasyai yaḥ parāṅ raso 'tyakṣarat sa kūrmo 'bhavad atha yad ūrdhvam udaukṣyatedaṃ tad yad idam ūrdhvam adbhyo 'dhi jāyate seyaṃ sarvāpa evānuvyait tadidam ekameva rūpaṃ samadṛśyatāpa eva //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 1, 12.2 ābhyo 'dbhyo 'dhīmām prajanayeyamiti tāṃ saṃkliśyāpsu prāvidhyat tasyai yaḥ parāṅ raso 'tyakṣarat sa kūrmo 'bhavad atha yad ūrdhvam udaukṣyatedaṃ tad yad idam ūrdhvam adbhyo 'dhi jāyate seyaṃ sarvāpa evānuvyait tadidam ekameva rūpaṃ samadṛśyatāpa eva //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 10.2 tad yad asya tannāmākarod agnis tad rūpam abhavad agnirvai rudro yadarodīttasmādrudraḥ so 'bravīj jyāyān vā ato 'smi dhehyeva me nāmeti //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 11.2 tadyadasya tannāmākarod āpas tad rūpam abhavann āpo vai sarvo 'dbhyo hīdaṃ sarvaṃ jāyate so 'bravīj jyāyānvā ato 'smi dhehyeva me nāmeti //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 12.2 tadyadasya tannāmākarod oṣadhayas tad rūpam abhavann oṣadhayo vai paśupatis tasmād yadā paśava oṣadhīrlabhante 'tha patīyanti so 'bravīj jyāyānvā ato 'smi dhehyeva me nāmeti //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 13.2 tadyadasya tannāmākarod vāyus tadrūpambhavad vāyurvā ugras tasmādyadā balavad vāty ugro vātītyāhuḥ so 'bravīj jyāyānvā ato 'smi dhehyeva me nāmeti //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 14.2 tadyadasya tannāmākarod vidyut tad rūpamabhavad vidyudvā aśanis tasmādyaṃ vidyuddhanty aśanir avadhīd ityāhuḥ so 'bravīj jyāyānvā ato 'smi dhehyeva me nāmeti //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 15.2 tadyadasya tannāmākarot parjanyastadrūpamabhavat parjanyo vai bhavaḥ parjanyāddhīdaṃ sarvam bhavati so 'bravīj jyāyānvā ato 'smi dhehyeva me nāmeti //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 16.2 tadyadasya tannāmākaroc candramās tad rūpamabhavat prajāpatirvai candramāḥ prajāpatir vai mahāndevaḥ so 'bravīj jyāyānvā ato 'smi dhehyeva me nāmeti //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 20.2 saṃvatsare 'nubrūyād dvayor ity u haika āhuḥ saṃvatsare vai tadreto 'siñcant saṃvatsare kumāro 'jāyata tasmād dvayor eva cinuyād dvayor anubrūyāditi saṃvatsare tveva cinuyāt saṃvatsare 'nubrūyād yad vāva retaḥ siktaṃ tadeva jāyate tat tato vikriyamāṇameva vardhamānaṃ śete tasmāt saṃvatsara eva cinuyāt saṃvatsare 'nubrūyāt tasya citasya nāma karoti pāpmānam evāsya tad apahanti citranāmānaṃ karoti citro 'sīti sarvāṇi hi citrāṇyagniḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 1, 3, 20.2 saṃvatsare 'nubrūyād dvayor ity u haika āhuḥ saṃvatsare vai tadreto 'siñcant saṃvatsare kumāro 'jāyata tasmād dvayor eva cinuyād dvayor anubrūyāditi saṃvatsare tveva cinuyāt saṃvatsare 'nubrūyād yad vāva retaḥ siktaṃ tadeva jāyate tat tato vikriyamāṇameva vardhamānaṃ śete tasmāt saṃvatsara eva cinuyāt saṃvatsare 'nubrūyāt tasya citasya nāma karoti pāpmānam evāsya tad apahanti citranāmānaṃ karoti citro 'sīti sarvāṇi hi citrāṇyagniḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 1.2 sa yo 'yaṃ kumāro rūpāṇyanupraviṣṭa āsīt tamanvaicchat so 'gnir aved anu vai mā pitā prajāpatir icchati hanta tad rūpam asāni yanma eṣa na vedeti //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 1, 10.2 tasmād iṣṭakās tasmād iṣṭvaiva paśuneṣṭakāḥ kuryād aniṣṭakā ha tā bhavanti yāḥ purā paśoḥ kurvanty atho ha tadanyadeva //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 2.2 dvayāni vai śyāmasya lomāni śuklāni ca kṛṣṇāni ca dvandvam mithunam prajananaṃ tadasya prājāpatyaṃ rūpaṃ tūparo bhavati tūparo hi prajāpatiḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 15.2 etasmin ha paśau sarveṣām paśūnāṃ rūpaṃ yattūparo lapsudī tatpuruṣasya rūpaṃ tūparo hi lapsudī puruṣo yattūparaḥ kesaravāṃs tad aśvasya rūpaṃ tūparo hi kesaravān aśvo yad aṣṭāśaphas tad gorūpam aṣṭāśapho hi gaur atha yad asyāveriva śaphās tad ave rūpaṃ yad ajas tad ajasya tad yad etam ālabhate tena haivāsyaite sarve paśava ālabdhā bhavanty ato yatamad asya karmopakalpetaite vā pañca paśava eṣa vā prājāpatya eṣa vā niyutvatīyaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 15.2 etasmin ha paśau sarveṣām paśūnāṃ rūpaṃ yattūparo lapsudī tatpuruṣasya rūpaṃ tūparo hi lapsudī puruṣo yattūparaḥ kesaravāṃs tad aśvasya rūpaṃ tūparo hi kesaravān aśvo yad aṣṭāśaphas tad gorūpam aṣṭāśapho hi gaur atha yad asyāveriva śaphās tad ave rūpaṃ yad ajas tad ajasya tad yad etam ālabhate tena haivāsyaite sarve paśava ālabdhā bhavanty ato yatamad asya karmopakalpetaite vā pañca paśava eṣa vā prājāpatya eṣa vā niyutvatīyaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 15.2 etasmin ha paśau sarveṣām paśūnāṃ rūpaṃ yattūparo lapsudī tatpuruṣasya rūpaṃ tūparo hi lapsudī puruṣo yattūparaḥ kesaravāṃs tad aśvasya rūpaṃ tūparo hi kesaravān aśvo yad aṣṭāśaphas tad gorūpam aṣṭāśapho hi gaur atha yad asyāveriva śaphās tad ave rūpaṃ yad ajas tad ajasya tad yad etam ālabhate tena haivāsyaite sarve paśava ālabdhā bhavanty ato yatamad asya karmopakalpetaite vā pañca paśava eṣa vā prājāpatya eṣa vā niyutvatīyaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 15.2 etasmin ha paśau sarveṣām paśūnāṃ rūpaṃ yattūparo lapsudī tatpuruṣasya rūpaṃ tūparo hi lapsudī puruṣo yattūparaḥ kesaravāṃs tad aśvasya rūpaṃ tūparo hi kesaravān aśvo yad aṣṭāśaphas tad gorūpam aṣṭāśapho hi gaur atha yad asyāveriva śaphās tad ave rūpaṃ yad ajas tad ajasya tad yad etam ālabhate tena haivāsyaite sarve paśava ālabdhā bhavanty ato yatamad asya karmopakalpetaite vā pañca paśava eṣa vā prājāpatya eṣa vā niyutvatīyaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 15.2 etasmin ha paśau sarveṣām paśūnāṃ rūpaṃ yattūparo lapsudī tatpuruṣasya rūpaṃ tūparo hi lapsudī puruṣo yattūparaḥ kesaravāṃs tad aśvasya rūpaṃ tūparo hi kesaravān aśvo yad aṣṭāśaphas tad gorūpam aṣṭāśapho hi gaur atha yad asyāveriva śaphās tad ave rūpaṃ yad ajas tad ajasya tad yad etam ālabhate tena haivāsyaite sarve paśava ālabdhā bhavanty ato yatamad asya karmopakalpetaite vā pañca paśava eṣa vā prājāpatya eṣa vā niyutvatīyaḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 16.2 amāvāsyāyām ālabhetety u haika āhur asau vai candraḥ prajāpatiḥ sa etāṃ rātrim iha vasati tad yathopatiṣṭhantam ālabhetaivaṃ taditi //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 35.2tatṣaṣṭiḥ ṣaṣṭirmāsasyāhorātrāṇi tan māsam āpnoti māsa āpta ṛtum āpnoty ṛtuḥ saṃvatsaraṃ tat saṃvatsaram agnim āpnoti ye ca saṃvatsare kāmā atha yadato 'nyadyadeva saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tattat //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 36.2 ekaviṃśatiḥ sāmidhenyo dvādaśāpriyas tat trayastriṃśad ekādaśānuyājā ekādaśopayajas tat pañcapañcāśad vapā paśupuroḍāśo havis tadaṣṭāpañcāśat sa yo 'ṣṭāpañcāśati kāmo 'traiva tamāpnoti dvāvāghārau tatṣaṣṭiḥ sa yaḥ ṣaṣṭyāṃ kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoty atha yadato 'nyad yad evaṃ saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tat tat //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 36.2 ekaviṃśatiḥ sāmidhenyo dvādaśāpriyas tat trayastriṃśad ekādaśānuyājā ekādaśopayajas tat pañcapañcāśad vapā paśupuroḍāśo havis tadaṣṭāpañcāśat sa yo 'ṣṭāpañcāśati kāmo 'traiva tamāpnoti dvāvāghārau tatṣaṣṭiḥ sa yaḥ ṣaṣṭyāṃ kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoty atha yadato 'nyad yad evaṃ saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tat tat //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 36.2 ekaviṃśatiḥ sāmidhenyo dvādaśāpriyas tat trayastriṃśad ekādaśānuyājā ekādaśopayajas tat pañcapañcāśad vapā paśupuroḍāśo havis tadaṣṭāpañcāśat sa yo 'ṣṭāpañcāśati kāmo 'traiva tamāpnoti dvāvāghārau tatṣaṣṭiḥ sa yaḥ ṣaṣṭyāṃ kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoty atha yadato 'nyad yad evaṃ saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tat tat //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 36.2 ekaviṃśatiḥ sāmidhenyo dvādaśāpriyas tat trayastriṃśad ekādaśānuyājā ekādaśopayajas tat pañcapañcāśad vapā paśupuroḍāśo havis tadaṣṭāpañcāśat sa yo 'ṣṭāpañcāśati kāmo 'traiva tamāpnoti dvāvāghārau tatṣaṣṭiḥ sa yaḥ ṣaṣṭyāṃ kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoty atha yadato 'nyad yad evaṃ saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tat tat //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 37.2 saptadaśa sāmidhenyo dvādaśāpriyas tad ekāṃ na triṃśad ekādaśānuyājā ekādaśopayajas tad ekapañcāśad vapā paśupuroḍāśo havis taccatuṣpañcāśad dvāvāghārau dvau sviṣṭakṛtau tad aṣṭāpañcāśat sa yo 'ṣṭāpañcāśati kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoti vanaspatiśca vasāhomaśca tatṣaṣṭiḥ sa yaḥ ṣaṣṭyāṃ kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoty atha yad ato 'nyad yad evaṃ saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tat tad evam u hāsyaitat karma saṃvatsaram agnim āpnoty evaṃ saṃvatsareṇāgninā sampadyate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 37.2 saptadaśa sāmidhenyo dvādaśāpriyas tad ekāṃ na triṃśad ekādaśānuyājā ekādaśopayajas tad ekapañcāśad vapā paśupuroḍāśo havis taccatuṣpañcāśad dvāvāghārau dvau sviṣṭakṛtau tad aṣṭāpañcāśat sa yo 'ṣṭāpañcāśati kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoti vanaspatiśca vasāhomaśca tatṣaṣṭiḥ sa yaḥ ṣaṣṭyāṃ kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoty atha yad ato 'nyad yad evaṃ saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tat tad evam u hāsyaitat karma saṃvatsaram agnim āpnoty evaṃ saṃvatsareṇāgninā sampadyate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 37.2 saptadaśa sāmidhenyo dvādaśāpriyas tad ekāṃ na triṃśad ekādaśānuyājā ekādaśopayajas tad ekapañcāśad vapā paśupuroḍāśo havis taccatuṣpañcāśad dvāvāghārau dvau sviṣṭakṛtau tad aṣṭāpañcāśat sa yo 'ṣṭāpañcāśati kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoti vanaspatiśca vasāhomaśca tatṣaṣṭiḥ sa yaḥ ṣaṣṭyāṃ kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoty atha yad ato 'nyad yad evaṃ saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tat tad evam u hāsyaitat karma saṃvatsaram agnim āpnoty evaṃ saṃvatsareṇāgninā sampadyate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 37.2 saptadaśa sāmidhenyo dvādaśāpriyas tad ekāṃ na triṃśad ekādaśānuyājā ekādaśopayajas tad ekapañcāśad vapā paśupuroḍāśo havis taccatuṣpañcāśad dvāvāghārau dvau sviṣṭakṛtau tad aṣṭāpañcāśat sa yo 'ṣṭāpañcāśati kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoti vanaspatiśca vasāhomaśca tatṣaṣṭiḥ sa yaḥ ṣaṣṭyāṃ kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoty atha yad ato 'nyad yad evaṃ saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tat tad evam u hāsyaitat karma saṃvatsaram agnim āpnoty evaṃ saṃvatsareṇāgninā sampadyate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 37.2 saptadaśa sāmidhenyo dvādaśāpriyas tad ekāṃ na triṃśad ekādaśānuyājā ekādaśopayajas tad ekapañcāśad vapā paśupuroḍāśo havis taccatuṣpañcāśad dvāvāghārau dvau sviṣṭakṛtau tad aṣṭāpañcāśat sa yo 'ṣṭāpañcāśati kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoti vanaspatiśca vasāhomaśca tatṣaṣṭiḥ sa yaḥ ṣaṣṭyāṃ kāmo 'traiva tam āpnoty atha yad ato 'nyad yad evaṃ saṃvatsare 'nnaṃ tat tad evam u hāsyaitat karma saṃvatsaram agnim āpnoty evaṃ saṃvatsareṇāgninā sampadyate //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 38.2 naitasya paśoḥ samiṣṭayajūṃṣi juhuyānna hṛdayaśūlenāvabhṛtham abhyaveyād ārambho vā eṣo 'gneḥ paśur vyavasargo devatānāṃ samiṣṭayajūṃṣi saṃsthāvabhṛtho nedārambhe devatā vyavasṛjāni nedyajñaṃ saṃsthāpayānīti sa vai sameva sthāpayed etena paśuneṣṭvā tat prajāpatir apaśyad yathaitasyāgner antaṃ na paryait tasmāt saṃsthāpayed yad v eva saṃsthāpayati prāṇa eṣa paśus tasya yad antariyāt prāṇasya tad antariyād yad u vai prāṇasyāntariyāt tata evaṃ mriyeta tasmāt sameva sthāpayed athāto vratānām iva //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 39.2 naitena paśuneṣṭvopari śayīta na māṃsamaśnīyānna mithunam upeyāt pūrvadīkṣā vā eṣa paśur anavakᄆptaṃ vai tadyaddīkṣita upari śayīta yan māṃsam aśnīyād yan mithunam upeyāditi net tvevaiṣā dīkṣā neva hi mekhalāsti na kṛṣṇājinam iṣṭakāṃ vā etāṃ kurute tasmād u kāmam evopari śayītaitad u sarvam annaṃ yadate paśavas tad asyātrāptam ārabdhaṃ bhavati tadyāni kāni cāmadhuno 'śanāni teṣām asya sarveṣāṃ kāmāśanaṃ yadi labheta mithunaṃ tu nopeyāt purā maitrāvaruṇyai payasyāyai tasyopari bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 39.2 naitena paśuneṣṭvopari śayīta na māṃsamaśnīyānna mithunam upeyāt pūrvadīkṣā vā eṣa paśur anavakᄆptaṃ vai tadyaddīkṣita upari śayīta yan māṃsam aśnīyād yan mithunam upeyāditi net tvevaiṣā dīkṣā neva hi mekhalāsti na kṛṣṇājinam iṣṭakāṃ vā etāṃ kurute tasmād u kāmam evopari śayītaitad u sarvam annaṃ yadate paśavas tad asyātrāptam ārabdhaṃ bhavati tadyāni kāni cāmadhuno 'śanāni teṣām asya sarveṣāṃ kāmāśanaṃ yadi labheta mithunaṃ tu nopeyāt purā maitrāvaruṇyai payasyāyai tasyopari bandhuḥ //
ŚBM, 6, 2, 2, 40.2 dadyād etasmin yajñe dakṣiṇāṃ nenme 'yaṃ yajño 'dakṣiṇo 'sad brahmaṇa ādiṣṭadakṣiṇāṃ dadyād brahmā vai sarvo yajñas tad asya sarvo yajño bhiṣajjayito bhavatīti na tathā kuryād iṣṭakāṃ vā etāṃ kurute tad yatheṣṭakāyām iṣṭakāyāṃ dadyāt tādṛk tad amurhyeva dadyād yad asyopakalpeta //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 17.2 prāṇo vai brahma pūrvyam annaṃ namas tat tad eṣaivāhutir annam etayaiva tad āhutyaitenānnena prāṇān etasmai karmaṇe yuṅkte vi śloka etu pathyeva sūreriti yathobhayeṣu devamanuṣyeṣu kīrtiśloko yajamānasya syād evam etad āha śṛṇvantu viśve amṛtasya putrā iti prajāpatirvā amṛtas tasya viśve devāḥ putrā ā ye dhāmāni divyāni tasthur itīme vai lokā divyāni dhāmāni tad ya eṣu lokeṣu devās tān etad āha //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 17.2 prāṇo vai brahma pūrvyam annaṃ namas tat tad eṣaivāhutir annam etayaiva tad āhutyaitenānnena prāṇān etasmai karmaṇe yuṅkte vi śloka etu pathyeva sūreriti yathobhayeṣu devamanuṣyeṣu kīrtiśloko yajamānasya syād evam etad āha śṛṇvantu viśve amṛtasya putrā iti prajāpatirvā amṛtas tasya viśve devāḥ putrā ā ye dhāmāni divyāni tasthur itīme vai lokā divyāni dhāmāni tad ya eṣu lokeṣu devās tān etad āha //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 17.2 prāṇo vai brahma pūrvyam annaṃ namas tat tad eṣaivāhutir annam etayaiva tad āhutyaitenānnena prāṇān etasmai karmaṇe yuṅkte vi śloka etu pathyeva sūreriti yathobhayeṣu devamanuṣyeṣu kīrtiśloko yajamānasya syād evam etad āha śṛṇvantu viśve amṛtasya putrā iti prajāpatirvā amṛtas tasya viśve devāḥ putrā ā ye dhāmāni divyāni tasthur itīme vai lokā divyāni dhāmāni tad ya eṣu lokeṣu devās tān etad āha //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 18.2 prajāpatirvā etadagre karmākarot tat tato devā akurvan devā devasya mahimānamojaseti yajño vai mahimā devā devasya yajñaṃ vīryam ojasety etad yaḥ pārthivāni vimame sa etaśa iti yadvai kiṃcāsyāṃ tatpārthivaṃ tad eṣa sarvaṃ vimimīte raśmibhir hyenad abhyavatanoti rajāṃsi devaḥ savitā mahitvanetīme vai lokā rajāṃsy asāvādityo devaḥ savitā tān eṣa mahimnā vimimīte //
ŚBM, 6, 3, 1, 20.2 asau vā ādityo devaḥ savitā yad u vā eṣa yajñiyaṃ karma praṇayati tad anārtaṃ svastyudṛcam aśnute devāvyamiti yo devān avad ity etat sakhividaṃ satrājitaṃ dhanajitaṃ svarjitam iti ya etat sarvaṃ vindād ity etadṛcetyṛcā stomaṃ samardhaya gāyatreṇa rathantaram bṛhadgāyatravartanīti sāmāni svāheti yajūṃṣi saiṣā trayī vidyā prathamaṃ jāyate yathaivādo 'mutrājāyataivam atha yaḥ so 'gnir asṛjyataiṣa sa yo 'ta ūrdhvam agniścīyate //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 22.2 trayo vā ime lokā ime lokā ukhā iti vadanto 'tho anyo 'nyasyai prāyaścittyai yadītarā bhetsyate 'thetarasyām bhariṣyāmo yadītarāthetarasyāmiti na tathā kuryādyo vā eṣa nidhiḥ prathamo 'yaṃ sa loko yaḥ pūrva uddhirantarikṣaṃ tadya uttaro dyauḥ sātha yadetaccaturthaṃ yajurdiśo haiva tad etāvad vā idaṃ sarvaṃ yāvad ime ca lokā diśaśca sa yad atropāhared ati tad recayed yad u vai yajñe 'tiriktaṃ kriyate yajamānasya tad dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyam abhyatiricyate yad u bhinnāyai prāyaścittir uttarasmiṃs tad anvākhyāne //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 22.2 trayo vā ime lokā ime lokā ukhā iti vadanto 'tho anyo 'nyasyai prāyaścittyai yadītarā bhetsyate 'thetarasyām bhariṣyāmo yadītarāthetarasyāmiti na tathā kuryādyo vā eṣa nidhiḥ prathamo 'yaṃ sa loko yaḥ pūrva uddhirantarikṣaṃ tadya uttaro dyauḥ sātha yadetaccaturthaṃ yajurdiśo haiva tad etāvad vā idaṃ sarvaṃ yāvad ime ca lokā diśaśca sa yad atropāhared ati tad recayed yad u vai yajñe 'tiriktaṃ kriyate yajamānasya tad dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyam abhyatiricyate yad u bhinnāyai prāyaścittir uttarasmiṃs tad anvākhyāne //
ŚBM, 6, 5, 2, 22.2 trayo vā ime lokā ime lokā ukhā iti vadanto 'tho anyo 'nyasyai prāyaścittyai yadītarā bhetsyate 'thetarasyām bhariṣyāmo yadītarāthetarasyāmiti na tathā kuryādyo vā eṣa nidhiḥ prathamo 'yaṃ sa loko yaḥ pūrva uddhirantarikṣaṃ tadya uttaro dyauḥ sātha yadetaccaturthaṃ yajurdiśo haiva tad etāvad vā idaṃ sarvaṃ yāvad ime ca lokā diśaśca sa yad atropāhared ati tad recayed yad u vai yajñe 'tiriktaṃ kriyate yajamānasya tad dviṣantaṃ bhrātṛvyam abhyatiricyate yad u bhinnāyai prāyaścittir uttarasmiṃs tad anvākhyāne //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 1, 22.2 ukhāyām evaitāny audgrabhaṇāni juhvati kāmebhyo vā etāni hūyanta ātmo eṣa yajamānasya yad ukhātman yajamānasya sarvān kāmān pratiṣṭhāpayāma iti na tathā kuryād etasya vai yajñasya saṃsthitasyaitāsāmāhutīnāṃ yo rasas tad etad arcir yad dīpyate tad yat saṃsthite yajñe huteṣvaudgrabhaṇeṣūkhām pravṛṇakti tad enām eṣa yajña ārohati taṃ yajñaṃ bibharti tasmāt saṃsthita eva yajñe huteṣvaudgrabhaṇeṣūkhāṃ pravṛñjyāt //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 7.2 dvipād yajamāno yajamāno 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainām etat pravṛṇakti gāyatryā ca triṣṭubhā ca prāṇo gāyatryātmā triṣṭub etāvān vai paśur yāvān prāṇaś cātmā ca tad yāvān paśus tāvataivainām etat pravṛṇakty atho agnir vai gāyatrīndras triṣṭub aindrāgno 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainām etat pravṛṇaktīndrāgnī vai sarve devāḥ sarvadevatyo 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainām etat pravṛṇakti tayoḥ sapta padāni saptacitiko 'gniḥ saptartavaḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaro 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvat tad bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 2, 11.2 devāścāsurāścobhaye prājāpatyā aspardhanta te devā agnimanīkaṃ kṛtvāsurānabhyāyaṃs tasyārciṣaḥ pragṛhītasyāsurā agram prāvṛścaṃs tad asyām pratyatiṣṭhat sa kṛmuko 'bhavat tasmāt sa svādū raso hi tasmād u lohito 'rcir hi sa eṣo 'gnir eva yat kṛmuko 'gnim evāsminn etat sambhūtiṃ dadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 3.2 hanta yaiṣu vanaspatiṣūrg yo rasa udumbare taṃ dadhāma te yady apakrāmeyur yātayāmā apakrāmeyur yathā dhenur dugdhā yathānaḍvān ūhivāniti tad yaiṣu vanaspatiṣūrg yo rasa āsīd udumbare tam adadhus tayaitad ūrjā sarvān vanaspatīn prati pacyate tasmāt sa sarvadārdraḥ sarvadā kṣīrī tad etat sarvam annaṃ yad udumbaraḥ sarve vanaspatayaḥ sarveṇaivainam etad annena prīṇāti sarvairvanaspatibhiḥ saminddhe //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 5.2 jāyata eṣa etadyaccīyate sa eṣa sarvasmā annāya jāyata etad v ekamannaṃ yad aparaśuvṛkṇaṃ tenainam etat prīṇāti yadagne kāni kāni cid ā te dārūṇi dadhmasi sarvaṃ tadastu te ghṛtaṃ tajjuṣasva yaviṣṭhyeti yathaiva yajus tathā bandhus tad yat kiṃ cāparaśuvṛkṇaṃ tad asmā etat svadayati tad asmā annaṃ kṛtvāpidadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 6.2 jāyata eṣa etad yaccīyate sa eṣa sarvasmā annāya jāyata etad v ekam annaṃ yad adhaḥśayaṃ tenainam etat prīṇāti yad atty upajihvikā yad vamro atisarpatīty upajihvikā vā hi tad atti vamro vātisarpati sarvaṃ tad astu te ghṛtaṃ tajjuṣasva yaviṣṭhyeti yathaiva yajus tathā bandhus tad yat kiṃ cādhaḥśayaṃ tad asmā etat svadayati tad asmā annaṃ kṛtvāpidadhāti //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 12.2 akṣatriyasya vāpurohitasya vāsarvaṃ vai tad yad ekādaśāsarvaṃ tad yad akṣatriyo vāpurohito vā //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 12.2 akṣatriyasya vāpurohitasya vāsarvaṃ vai tad yad ekādaśāsarvaṃ tad yad akṣatriyo vāpurohito vā //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 13.2 sarvaṃ vai tadyaddvādaśa sarvaṃ tad yat kṣatriyo vā purohito vā //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 13.2 sarvaṃ vai tadyaddvādaśa sarvaṃ tad yat kṣatriyo vā purohito vā //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 17.2 prādeśamātro vai garbho viṣṇur annam etad ātmasaṃmitenaivainam etad annena prīṇāti yad u vā ātmasaṃmitam annaṃ tadavati tanna hinasti yadbhūyo hinasti tad yat kanīyo na tadavati tiṣṭhannādadhāti tasyopari bandhuḥ svāhākāreṇa reto vā idaṃ siktamayam agnis tasmin yat kāṣṭhāny asvāhākṛtāny abhyādadhyāddhiṃsyāddhainaṃ tā yat samidhastena nāhutayo yad u svāhākāreṇa tenānnam annaṃ hi svāhākāras tatho hainaṃ na hinasti //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 17.2 prādeśamātro vai garbho viṣṇur annam etad ātmasaṃmitenaivainam etad annena prīṇāti yad u vā ātmasaṃmitam annaṃ tadavati tanna hinasti yadbhūyo hinasti tad yat kanīyo na tadavati tiṣṭhannādadhāti tasyopari bandhuḥ svāhākāreṇa reto vā idaṃ siktamayam agnis tasmin yat kāṣṭhāny asvāhākṛtāny abhyādadhyāddhiṃsyāddhainaṃ tā yat samidhastena nāhutayo yad u svāhākāreṇa tenānnam annaṃ hi svāhākāras tatho hainaṃ na hinasti //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 17.2 prādeśamātro vai garbho viṣṇur annam etad ātmasaṃmitenaivainam etad annena prīṇāti yad u vā ātmasaṃmitam annaṃ tadavati tanna hinasti yadbhūyo hinasti tad yat kanīyo na tadavati tiṣṭhannādadhāti tasyopari bandhuḥ svāhākāreṇa reto vā idaṃ siktamayam agnis tasmin yat kāṣṭhāny asvāhākṛtāny abhyādadhyāddhiṃsyāddhainaṃ tā yat samidhastena nāhutayo yad u svāhākāreṇa tenānnam annaṃ hi svāhākāras tatho hainaṃ na hinasti //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 3, 17.2 prādeśamātro vai garbho viṣṇur annam etad ātmasaṃmitenaivainam etad annena prīṇāti yad u vā ātmasaṃmitam annaṃ tadavati tanna hinasti yadbhūyo hinasti tad yat kanīyo na tadavati tiṣṭhannādadhāti tasyopari bandhuḥ svāhākāreṇa reto vā idaṃ siktamayam agnis tasmin yat kāṣṭhāny asvāhākṛtāny abhyādadhyāddhiṃsyāddhainaṃ tā yat samidhastena nāhutayo yad u svāhākāreṇa tenānnam annaṃ hi svāhākāras tatho hainaṃ na hinasti //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 4.2 atha vrate nyajya samidhamādadhāti na vrate nyañjyād ity u haika āhur āhutiṃ tajjuhuyād anavakᄆptaṃ vai tadyaddīkṣita āhutiṃ juhuyāditi //
ŚBM, 6, 6, 4, 7.2 aśanapate 'śanasya no dehīty etad anamīvasya śuṣmiṇa ity anaśanāyasya śuṣmiṇa ity etat pra pra dātāraṃ tāriṣa iti yajamāno vai dātā pra yajamānaṃ tāriṣa ity etad ūrjaṃ dhehi dvipade catuṣpada ity āśiṣam āśāste yad u bhinnāyai prāyaścittim āhottarasmiṃstad anvākhyāna iti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 11.2 yad vai prāṇasyāmṛtam ūrdhvaṃ tannābher ūrdhvaiḥ prāṇair uccaraty atha yan martyam parāk tan nābhim atyeti tad yad eva prāṇasyāmṛtaṃ tad enam etad abhisaṃpādayati tenainam etadbibharti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 11.2 yad vai prāṇasyāmṛtam ūrdhvaṃ tannābher ūrdhvaiḥ prāṇair uccaraty atha yan martyam parāk tan nābhim atyeti tad yad eva prāṇasyāmṛtaṃ tad enam etad abhisaṃpādayati tenainam etadbibharti //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 24.2 dvipād yajamāno yajamāno 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainam etad bibharti so eva kumbhī sā sthālī tat ṣaṭ ṣaḍ ṛtavaḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaro 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvat tad bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 24.2 dvipād yajamāno yajamāno 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvataivainam etad bibharti so eva kumbhī sā sthālī tat ṣaṭ ṣaḍ ṛtavaḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaro 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvat tad bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 27.2 āsandī cokhā ca śikyaṃ ca rukmapāśaś cāgniś ca rukmaśca tat ṣaṭ ṣaḍ ṛtavaḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaro 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvat tad bhavatīṇḍve tad aṣṭāv aṣṭākṣarā gāyatrī gāyatro 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvat tad bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 27.2 āsandī cokhā ca śikyaṃ ca rukmapāśaś cāgniś ca rukmaśca tat ṣaṭ ṣaḍ ṛtavaḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaro 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvat tad bhavatīṇḍve tad aṣṭāv aṣṭākṣarā gāyatrī gāyatro 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvat tad bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 27.2 āsandī cokhā ca śikyaṃ ca rukmapāśaś cāgniś ca rukmaśca tat ṣaṭ ṣaḍ ṛtavaḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaro 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvat tad bhavatīṇḍve tad aṣṭāv aṣṭākṣarā gāyatrī gāyatro 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvat tad bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 27.2 āsandī cokhā ca śikyaṃ ca rukmapāśaś cāgniś ca rukmaśca tat ṣaṭ ṣaḍ ṛtavaḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaro 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvat tad bhavatīṇḍve tad aṣṭāv aṣṭākṣarā gāyatrī gāyatro 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvat tad bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 28.2 catvāraḥ pādāś catvāry anūcyāni śikyaṃ ca rukmapāśaśca yad u kiṃ ca rajjavyaṃ śikyaṃ tad anūkhāgnī rukmas tat trayodaśa trayodaśa māsāḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaro 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvat tad bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 28.2 catvāraḥ pādāś catvāry anūcyāni śikyaṃ ca rukmapāśaśca yad u kiṃ ca rajjavyaṃ śikyaṃ tad anūkhāgnī rukmas tat trayodaśa trayodaśa māsāḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaro 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvat tad bhavati //
ŚBM, 6, 7, 1, 28.2 catvāraḥ pādāś catvāry anūcyāni śikyaṃ ca rukmapāśaśca yad u kiṃ ca rajjavyaṃ śikyaṃ tad anūkhāgnī rukmas tat trayodaśa trayodaśa māsāḥ saṃvatsaraḥ saṃvatsaro 'gnir yāvān agnir yāvatyasya mātrā tāvat tad bhavati //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 4.0 atha hovāca sātyayajñiḥ trirūpa evaiṣo 'śvaḥ syāt tasya kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdhaḥ śuklo 'parārdhaḥ kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt tad yat kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdho bhavati yad evedaṃ kṛṣṇam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yacchuklo 'parārdho yadevedaṃ śuklam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yat kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt sā kanīnakā sa eva rūpasamṛddho 'to yatamo 'syopakalpeta bahurūpo vā dvirūpo vā trirūpo vā kṛttikāñjis tam ālabheta javena tv eva samṛddhaḥ syāt //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 4.0 atha hovāca sātyayajñiḥ trirūpa evaiṣo 'śvaḥ syāt tasya kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdhaḥ śuklo 'parārdhaḥ kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt tad yat kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdho bhavati yad evedaṃ kṛṣṇam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yacchuklo 'parārdho yadevedaṃ śuklam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yat kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt sā kanīnakā sa eva rūpasamṛddho 'to yatamo 'syopakalpeta bahurūpo vā dvirūpo vā trirūpo vā kṛttikāñjis tam ālabheta javena tv eva samṛddhaḥ syāt //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 4.0 atha hovāca sātyayajñiḥ trirūpa evaiṣo 'śvaḥ syāt tasya kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdhaḥ śuklo 'parārdhaḥ kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt tad yat kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdho bhavati yad evedaṃ kṛṣṇam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yacchuklo 'parārdho yadevedaṃ śuklam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yat kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt sā kanīnakā sa eva rūpasamṛddho 'to yatamo 'syopakalpeta bahurūpo vā dvirūpo vā trirūpo vā kṛttikāñjis tam ālabheta javena tv eva samṛddhaḥ syāt //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 4.0 atha hovāca sātyayajñiḥ trirūpa evaiṣo 'śvaḥ syāt tasya kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdhaḥ śuklo 'parārdhaḥ kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt tad yat kṛṣṇaḥ pūrvārdho bhavati yad evedaṃ kṛṣṇam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yacchuklo 'parārdho yadevedaṃ śuklam akṣṇas tad asya tad atha yat kṛttikāñjiḥ purastāt sā kanīnakā sa eva rūpasamṛddho 'to yatamo 'syopakalpeta bahurūpo vā dvirūpo vā trirūpo vā kṛttikāñjis tam ālabheta javena tv eva samṛddhaḥ syāt //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 13.0 tasyai saptadaśaiva sāmidhenyo bhavanti rayimantāvājyabhāgau vīryaṃ vai rayivīryasyāptyai vīryasyāvaruddhyā ā viśvadevaṃ satpatiṃ na pramiye savitur daivyasya tad ity upāṃśu haviṣo yājyānuvākye nitye saṃyājye ned yajñapathād ayānīti kᄆpta eva yajñe 'ntataḥ pratitiṣṭhati triṣṭubhau bhavata indre vai vīryaṃ triṣṭub indriyasyaiva vīryasyāvaruddhyai hiraṇyaṃ dakṣiṇā suvarṇaṃ śatamānaṃ tasyoktam brāhmaṇam //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 17.0 sa āhāśāpālāḥ ye vā etasyodṛcaṃ gamiṣyanti rāṣṭraṃ te bhaviṣyanti rājāno bhaviṣyanty abhiṣecanīyā atha ya etasyodṛcaṃ na gamiṣyanty arāṣṭraṃ te bhaviṣyanty arājāno bhaviṣyanti rājanyā viśo 'nabhiṣecanīyās tasmān mā pramadata snātvāccaivainam udakān nirundhīdhvaṃ vaḍavābhyaśca te yad yad brāhmaṇajātam upanigaccheta tat tat pṛccheta brāhmaṇāḥ kiyad yūyam aśvamedhasya vittheti te ye na vidyur jinīyāta tānt sarvaṃ vā aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyaiṣa na veda yo brāhmaṇaḥ sann aśvamedhasya na veda so 'brāhmaṇo jyeya eva sa pānaṃ karavātha khādaṃ nivapāthātha yat kiṃ ca janapade kṛtānnaṃ sarvaṃ vas tat sutaṃ teṣāṃ rathakārakula eva vo vasatis taddhyaśvasyāyatanamiti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 2, 17.0 sa āhāśāpālāḥ ye vā etasyodṛcaṃ gamiṣyanti rāṣṭraṃ te bhaviṣyanti rājāno bhaviṣyanty abhiṣecanīyā atha ya etasyodṛcaṃ na gamiṣyanty arāṣṭraṃ te bhaviṣyanty arājāno bhaviṣyanti rājanyā viśo 'nabhiṣecanīyās tasmān mā pramadata snātvāccaivainam udakān nirundhīdhvaṃ vaḍavābhyaśca te yad yad brāhmaṇajātam upanigaccheta tat tat pṛccheta brāhmaṇāḥ kiyad yūyam aśvamedhasya vittheti te ye na vidyur jinīyāta tānt sarvaṃ vā aśvamedhaḥ sarvasyaiṣa na veda yo brāhmaṇaḥ sann aśvamedhasya na veda so 'brāhmaṇo jyeya eva sa pānaṃ karavātha khādaṃ nivapāthātha yat kiṃ ca janapade kṛtānnaṃ sarvaṃ vas tat sutaṃ teṣāṃ rathakārakula eva vo vasatis taddhyaśvasyāyatanamiti //
ŚBM, 13, 4, 4, 1.0 saṃvatsare paryavete dīkṣā prājāpatyam ālabhyotsīdantīṣṭayaḥ purohitasyāgniṣu yajetety u haika āhuḥ kim u dīkṣito yajeta dvādaśa dīkṣā dvādaśopasadas tisraḥ sutyās tat triṇavam abhisaṃpadyate vajro vai triṇavaḥ kṣatram aśvaḥ kṣatraṃ rājanyo vajreṇa khalu vai kṣatraṃ spṛtaṃ tad vajreṇaiva kṣatraṃ spṛṇoti //
ŚBM, 13, 5, 1, 7.0 yad v evaikaviṃśam ekaviṃśo vai stomānām pratiṣṭhā bahu khalu vā etad etasminn ahany uccāvacamiva karma kriyate tad yad etad etasminn ahanyuccāvacam bahu karma kriyate tad etasminn ekaviṃśe pratiṣṭhāyām pratiṣṭhitaṃ kriyātā iti tasmād v evaitad ekaviṃśamahaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 10.0 tasyāyam eva lokaḥ prathamam ahaḥ ayam asya loko vasanta ṛtur yad ūrdhvam asmāl lokād arvācīnam antarikṣāt tad dvitīyam ahas tad v asya grīṣma ṛtur antarikṣam evāsya madhyamam ahar antarikṣam asya varṣāśaradāv ṛtū yad ūrdhvam antarikṣād arvācīnaṃ divas tac caturtham ahas tad v asya hemanta ṛtur dyaur evāsya pañcamam ahar dyaur asya śiśira ṛtur ity adhidevatam //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 10.0 tasyāyam eva lokaḥ prathamam ahaḥ ayam asya loko vasanta ṛtur yad ūrdhvam asmāl lokād arvācīnam antarikṣāt tad dvitīyam ahas tad v asya grīṣma ṛtur antarikṣam evāsya madhyamam ahar antarikṣam asya varṣāśaradāv ṛtū yad ūrdhvam antarikṣād arvācīnaṃ divas tac caturtham ahas tad v asya hemanta ṛtur dyaur evāsya pañcamam ahar dyaur asya śiśira ṛtur ity adhidevatam //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 10.0 tasyāyam eva lokaḥ prathamam ahaḥ ayam asya loko vasanta ṛtur yad ūrdhvam asmāl lokād arvācīnam antarikṣāt tad dvitīyam ahas tad v asya grīṣma ṛtur antarikṣam evāsya madhyamam ahar antarikṣam asya varṣāśaradāv ṛtū yad ūrdhvam antarikṣād arvācīnaṃ divas tac caturtham ahas tad v asya hemanta ṛtur dyaur evāsya pañcamam ahar dyaur asya śiśira ṛtur ity adhidevatam //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 10.0 tasyāyam eva lokaḥ prathamam ahaḥ ayam asya loko vasanta ṛtur yad ūrdhvam asmāl lokād arvācīnam antarikṣāt tad dvitīyam ahas tad v asya grīṣma ṛtur antarikṣam evāsya madhyamam ahar antarikṣam asya varṣāśaradāv ṛtū yad ūrdhvam antarikṣād arvācīnaṃ divas tac caturtham ahas tad v asya hemanta ṛtur dyaur evāsya pañcamam ahar dyaur asya śiśira ṛtur ity adhidevatam //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 11.0 athādhyātmam pratiṣṭhaivāsya prathamam ahaḥ pratiṣṭho asya vasanta ṛtur yad ūrdhvam pratiṣṭhāyā avācīnaṃ madhyāt tad dvitīyam ahas tad v asya grīṣma ṛtur madhyam evāsya madhyamam ahar madhyam asya varṣāśaradāvṛtū yad ūrdhvam madhyād avācīnam śīrṣṇas tac caturtham ahas tad v asya hemanta ṛtuḥ śira evāsya pañcamam ahaḥ śiro 'sya śiśira ṛtur evam ime ca lokāḥ saṃvatsaraś cātmā ca puruṣamedham abhisaṃpadyante sarvaṃ vā ime lokāḥ sarvaṃ saṃvatsaraḥ sarvam ātmā sarvaṃ puruṣamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 11.0 athādhyātmam pratiṣṭhaivāsya prathamam ahaḥ pratiṣṭho asya vasanta ṛtur yad ūrdhvam pratiṣṭhāyā avācīnaṃ madhyāt tad dvitīyam ahas tad v asya grīṣma ṛtur madhyam evāsya madhyamam ahar madhyam asya varṣāśaradāvṛtū yad ūrdhvam madhyād avācīnam śīrṣṇas tac caturtham ahas tad v asya hemanta ṛtuḥ śira evāsya pañcamam ahaḥ śiro 'sya śiśira ṛtur evam ime ca lokāḥ saṃvatsaraś cātmā ca puruṣamedham abhisaṃpadyante sarvaṃ vā ime lokāḥ sarvaṃ saṃvatsaraḥ sarvam ātmā sarvaṃ puruṣamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 11.0 athādhyātmam pratiṣṭhaivāsya prathamam ahaḥ pratiṣṭho asya vasanta ṛtur yad ūrdhvam pratiṣṭhāyā avācīnaṃ madhyāt tad dvitīyam ahas tad v asya grīṣma ṛtur madhyam evāsya madhyamam ahar madhyam asya varṣāśaradāvṛtū yad ūrdhvam madhyād avācīnam śīrṣṇas tac caturtham ahas tad v asya hemanta ṛtuḥ śira evāsya pañcamam ahaḥ śiro 'sya śiśira ṛtur evam ime ca lokāḥ saṃvatsaraś cātmā ca puruṣamedham abhisaṃpadyante sarvaṃ vā ime lokāḥ sarvaṃ saṃvatsaraḥ sarvam ātmā sarvaṃ puruṣamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 1, 11.0 athādhyātmam pratiṣṭhaivāsya prathamam ahaḥ pratiṣṭho asya vasanta ṛtur yad ūrdhvam pratiṣṭhāyā avācīnaṃ madhyāt tad dvitīyam ahas tad v asya grīṣma ṛtur madhyam evāsya madhyamam ahar madhyam asya varṣāśaradāvṛtū yad ūrdhvam madhyād avācīnam śīrṣṇas tac caturtham ahas tad v asya hemanta ṛtuḥ śira evāsya pañcamam ahaḥ śiro 'sya śiśira ṛtur evam ime ca lokāḥ saṃvatsaraś cātmā ca puruṣamedham abhisaṃpadyante sarvaṃ vā ime lokāḥ sarvaṃ saṃvatsaraḥ sarvam ātmā sarvaṃ puruṣamedhaḥ sarvasyāptyai sarvasyāvaruddhyai //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 1.0 atha yasmāt puruṣamedho nāma ime vai lokāḥ pūr ayam eva puruṣo yo 'yam pavate so 'syām puri śete tasmāt puruṣas tasya yad eṣu lokeṣv annaṃ tad asyānnam medhas tad yad asyaitad annam medhas tasmāt puruṣamedho 'tho yad asmin medhyān puruṣān ālabhate tasmād v eva puruṣamedhaḥ //
ŚBM, 13, 6, 2, 9.0 sa vai paśūn upākariṣyan etās tisraḥ sāvitrīr āhutīr juhoti deva savitas tat savitur vareṇyam viśvāni deva savitar iti savitāram prīṇāti so 'smai prīta etān puruṣān prasauti tena prasūtān ālabhate //
ASāh, 1, 33.50 tathā hi yo vijñānasyānutpādo na tadvijñānam yo vijñānasyāvyayo na tadvijñānam /
ASāh, 1, 33.50 tathā hi yo vijñānasyānutpādo na tadvijñānam yo vijñānasyāvyayo na tadvijñānam /
ASāh, 1, 34.3tatkasya hetoḥ na hi āyuṣman śāriputra duṣkarasaṃjñāṃ janayitvā śakyo 'prameyāṇāmasaṃkhyeyānāṃ sattvānāmarthaḥ kartum /
ASāh, 1, 36.2tatkasya hetoḥ tathā hyāyuṣmān subhūtiḥ sthaviro yato yata eva paripraśnīkriyate tatastata eva niḥsarati dharmatāyāś ca na calati tāṃ ca dharmatāṃ na virodhayati /
ASāh, 2, 2.2tatkathaṃ bodhisattvena mahāsattvena prajñāpāramitāyāṃ sthātavyam kathaṃ śikṣitavyam kathaṃ yogamāpattavyam sthaviraḥ subhūtirāha tena hi kauśika upadekṣyāmi te buddhānubhāvena buddhatejasā buddhādhiṣṭhānena /
ASāh, 2, 2.5tatkasya hetoḥ baddhasīmāno hi te saṃsārasrotasaḥ /
ASāh, 2, 3.3tatkasya hetoḥ paurvakāṇāṃ hi bhagavaṃstathāgatānāmarhatāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānāmantike 'smadarthe bhagavān yathā brahmacaryaṃ bodhāya caran pūrvaṃ bodhisattvabhūta eva san yaiḥ śrāvakairavavadito 'nuśiṣṭaś ca pāramitāsu tatra bhagavatā caratā anuttaraṃ jñānamutpāditam /
ASāh, 2, 3.5tatkasya hetoḥ asmābhir api hi bhagavan bodhisattvā mahāsattvā anuparigṛhītā anuparivāritāśca samparigṛhītāḥ saṃparivāritāś ca kṣipramanuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhimabhisaṃbudhyante //
ASāh, 2, 12.2tatkasya hetoḥ tathā hi atra na kaściddharmaḥ sūcyate na kaściddharmaḥ paridīpyate na kaściddharmaḥ prajñapyate /
ASāh, 2, 12.3tadyathaivātra na kaściddharmaḥ sūcyate na kaściddharmaḥ paridīpyate na kaściddharmaḥ prajñapyate tathaivāsyāḥ prajñāpāramitāyā evaṃ nirdiśyamānāyā na kaścitpratyeṣako bhaviṣyati //
ASāh, 2, 13.7tatkasya hetoḥ na hi manonirjātāni kānicitpuṣpāṇi nāpi vṛkṣagulmalatānirjātāni /
ASāh, 3, 29.5tatkasya hetoḥ teṣāmeva hi mahaujaskānāṃ mahaujaskānāṃ devānāṃ nāgānāṃ yakṣāṇāṃ gandharvāṇāmasurāṇāṃ garuḍānāṃ kinnarāṇāṃ mahoragāṇāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ amanuṣyāṇāṃ vā śriyaṃ ca tejaś ca gauravaṃ ca asahamānā eva tā alpaujaskā alpaujaskā devatā tato 'pakramitavyaṃ maṃsyante /
ASāh, 6, 10.31tadyathāpi nāma praṇītaṃ bhojanaṃ saviṣaṃ bhavet kiṃcāpi tadvarṇataś ca gandhataś ca rasataś ca sparśataś ca abhilaṣaṇīyaṃ bhavati api tu khalu punaḥ saviṣatvātparivarjanīyaṃ bhavati paṇḍitānām na paribhogāya /
ASāh, 6, 10.31 tadyathāpi nāma praṇītaṃ bhojanaṃ saviṣaṃ bhavet kiṃcāpi tadvarṇataś ca gandhataś ca rasataś ca sparśataś ca abhilaṣaṇīyaṃ bhavati api tu khalu punaḥ saviṣatvātparivarjanīyaṃ bhavati paṇḍitānām na paribhogāya /
ASāh, 6, 13.4tatkasya hetoḥ tathā hi teṣāṃ paurvakāṇāmupalambhasaṃjñināṃ bodhisattvānāṃ subahv api dānaṃ dattaṃ subahvity api parisaṃkhyātaṃ bhavati //
ASāh, 6, 14.4 evaṃ ca vācamabhāṣanta mahāpariṇāmo batāyaṃ bhagavan bodhisattvasya mahāsattvasya yo 'yaṃ dharmadhātupariṇāmaḥ yatra hi nāma tatteṣām aupalambhikānāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ mahāsattvānāṃ dānamayaṃ puṇyābhisaṃskāraskandhamabhibhavati yathāpi nāma prajñāpāramitopāyakauśalyaparigṛhītatvād asya mahāpariṇāmasya /
ASāh, 6, 15.7tatkasya hetoḥ tathā hi te bodhisattvāḥ sarve 'pyupalambhasaṃjñino dānaṃ dadati //
ASāh, 6, 16.8 asya subhūte kuśalamūlapariṇāmasya teṣāṃ paurvakāṇāṃ bodhisattvānām upalambhasaṃjñinām upalambhadṛṣṭikāṇāṃ taddānamayaṃ puṇyakriyāvastu śatatamīm api kalāṃ nopaiti sahasratamīm api śatasahasratamīm api koṭītamīm api koṭīśatatamīm api koṭīsahasratamīm api koṭīśatasahasratamīm api koṭīniyutaśatasahasratamīm api kalāṃ nopaiti saṃkhyām api kalām api gaṇanām api upamām api aupamyam api upanisām api upaniṣadam api na kṣamate //
ASāh, 6, 17.14tatkasya hetoḥ tathā hi te bodhisattvā upalambhasaṃjñinaḥ śīlaṃ samādāya vartanta iti /
ASāh, 6, 17.22tatkasya hetoḥ tathā hi te bodhisattvā upalambhasaṃjñinaḥ kṣāntiṃ samādāya vartante /
ASāh, 6, 17.30tatkasya hetoḥ tathā hi te bodhisattvāḥ sarve 'pyupalambhasaṃjñino vīryaṃ samādāya vartante /
ASāh, 6, 17.38tatkasya hetoḥ tathā hi te bodhisattvā upalambhasaṃjñino dhyānāni samāpadyante iti //
Ca, Sū., 20, 10.3tadyathā aśītirvātavikārāḥ catvāriṃśat pittavikārāḥ viṃśatiḥ śleṣmavikārāḥ //
Ca, Sū., 20, 11.2tadyathā nakhabhedaśca vipādikā ca pādaśūlaṃ ca pādabhraṃśaśca pādasuptatā ca vātakhuḍḍatā ca gulphagrahaśca piṇḍikodveṣṭanaṃ ca gṛdhrasī ca jānubhedaśca jānuviśleṣaśca ūrustambhaśca ūrusādaśca pāṅgulyaṃ ca gudabhraṃśaśca gudārtiśca vṛṣaṇākṣepaśca śephastambhaśca vaṅkṣaṇānāhaśca śroṇibhedaśca viḍbhedaśca udāvartaśca khañjatvaṃ ca kubjatvaṃ ca vāmanatvaṃ ca trikagrahaśca pṛṣṭhagrahaśca pārśvāvamardaśca udarāveṣṭaśca hṛnmohaśca hṛddravaśca vakṣauddharṣaśca vakṣauparodhaśca vakṣastodaśca bāhuśoṣaśca grīvāstambhaśca manyāstambhaśca kaṇṭhoddhvaṃsaśca hanubhedaśca oṣṭhabhedaśca akṣibhedaśca dantabhedaśca dantaśaithilyaṃ ca mūkatvaṃ ca vāksaṅgaśca kaṣāyāsyatā ca mukhaśoṣaś ca arasajñatā ca ghrāṇanāśaśca karṇaśūlaṃ ca aśabdaśravaṇaṃ ca uccaiḥśrutiśca bādhiryaṃ ca vartmastambhaśca vartmasaṃkocaśca timiraṃ ca akṣiśūlaṃ ca akṣivyudāsaśca bhrūvyudāsaśca śaṅkhabhedaśca lalāṭabhedaśca śirorukca keśabhūmisphuṭanaṃ ca arditaṃ ca ekāṅgarogaśca sarvāṅgarogaśca pakṣavadhaśca ākṣepakaśca daṇḍakaś ca tamaśca bhramaśca vepathuśca jṛmbhā ca hikkā ca viṣādaśca atipralāpaśca raukṣyaṃ ca pāruṣyaṃ ca śyāvāruṇāvabhāsatā ca asvapnaśca anavasthitacittatvaṃ ca ityaśītirvātavikārā vātavikārāṇāmaparisaṃkhyeyānām āviṣkṛtatamā vyākhyātāḥ //
Ca, Sū., 20, 17.0 śleṣmavikārāṃśca viṃśatimata ūrdhvaṃ vyākhyāsyāmaḥ tadyathātṛptiśca tandrā ca nidrādhikyaṃ ca staimityaṃ ca gurugātratā ca ālasyaṃ ca mukhamādhuryaṃ ca mukhasrāvaśca śleṣmodgiraṇaṃ ca malasyādhikyaṃ ca balāsakaśca apaktiśca hṛdayopalepaśca kaṇṭhopalepaśca dhamanīpraticayaśca galagaṇḍaśca atisthaulyaṃ ca śītāgnitā ca udardaśca śvetāvabhāsatā ca śvetamūtranetravarcastvaṃ ca iti viṃśatiḥ śleṣmavikārāḥ śleṣmavikārāṇām aparisaṃkhyeyānāmāviṣkṛtatamā vyākhyātā bhavanti //
Ca, Sū., 26, 13.0 na tu kevalaṃ guṇaprabhāvādeva dravyāṇi kārmukāṇi bhavanti dravyāṇi hi dravyaprabhāvād guṇaprabhāvād dravyaguṇaprabhāvāc ca tasmiṃstasmin kāle tattadadhikaraṇam āsādya tāṃ tāṃ ca yuktimarthaṃ ca taṃ tamabhipretya yat kurvanti tat karma yena kurvanti tadvīryaṃ yatra kurvanti tadadhikaraṇaṃ yadā kurvanti sa kālaḥ yathā kurvanti sa upāyaḥ yat sādhayanti tat phalam //
Ca, Sū., 26, 13.0 na tu kevalaṃ guṇaprabhāvādeva dravyāṇi kārmukāṇi bhavanti dravyāṇi hi dravyaprabhāvād guṇaprabhāvād dravyaguṇaprabhāvāc ca tasmiṃstasmin kāle tattadadhikaraṇam āsādya tāṃ tāṃ ca yuktimarthaṃ ca taṃ tamabhipretya yat kurvanti tat karma yena kurvanti tadvīryaṃ yatra kurvanti tadadhikaraṇaṃ yadā kurvanti sa kālaḥ yathā kurvanti sa upāyaḥ yat sādhayanti tat phalam //
Ca, Sū., 26, 13.0 na tu kevalaṃ guṇaprabhāvādeva dravyāṇi kārmukāṇi bhavanti dravyāṇi hi dravyaprabhāvād guṇaprabhāvād dravyaguṇaprabhāvāc ca tasmiṃstasmin kāle tattadadhikaraṇam āsādya tāṃ tāṃ ca yuktimarthaṃ ca taṃ tamabhipretya yat kurvanti tat karma yena kurvanti tadvīryaṃ yatra kurvanti tadadhikaraṇaṃ yadā kurvanti sa kālaḥ yathā kurvanti sa upāyaḥ yat sādhayanti tat phalam //
Ca, Sū., 26, 13.0 na tu kevalaṃ guṇaprabhāvādeva dravyāṇi kārmukāṇi bhavanti dravyāṇi hi dravyaprabhāvād guṇaprabhāvād dravyaguṇaprabhāvāc ca tasmiṃstasmin kāle tattadadhikaraṇam āsādya tāṃ tāṃ ca yuktimarthaṃ ca taṃ tamabhipretya yat kurvanti tat karma yena kurvanti tadvīryaṃ yatra kurvanti tadadhikaraṇaṃ yadā kurvanti sa kālaḥ yathā kurvanti sa upāyaḥ yat sādhayanti tat phalam //
Ca, Nid., 2, 8.2tadbahuśleṣmaṇi śarīre śleṣmasaṃsargādūrdhvaṃ pratipadyamānaṃ karṇanāsikānetrāsyebhyaḥ pracyavate bahuvāte tu śarīre vātasaṃsargādadhaḥ pratipadyamānaṃ mūtrapurīṣamārgābhyāṃ pracyavate bahuśleṣmavāte tu śarīre śleṣmavātasaṃsargāddvāvapi mārgau pratipadyate tau mārgau pratipadyamānaṃ sarvebhya eva yathoktebhyaḥ khebhyaḥ pracyavate śarīrasya //
Ca, Nid., 2, 9.1 tatra yadūrdhvabhāgaṃ tat sādhyaṃ virecanopakramaṇīyatvād bahvauṣadhatvācca yadadhobhāgaṃ tad yāpyaṃ vamanopakramaṇīyatvād alpauṣadhatvācca yadubhayabhāgaṃ tadasādhyaṃ vamanavirecanāyogitvād anauṣadhatvācceti //
Ca, Nid., 2, 9.1 tatra yadūrdhvabhāgaṃ tat sādhyaṃ virecanopakramaṇīyatvād bahvauṣadhatvācca yadadhobhāgaṃ tad yāpyaṃ vamanopakramaṇīyatvād alpauṣadhatvācca yadubhayabhāgaṃ tadasādhyaṃ vamanavirecanāyogitvād anauṣadhatvācceti //
Ca, Nid., 2, 9.1 tatra yadūrdhvabhāgaṃ tat sādhyaṃ virecanopakramaṇīyatvād bahvauṣadhatvācca yadadhobhāgaṃ tad yāpyaṃ vamanopakramaṇīyatvād alpauṣadhatvācca yadubhayabhāgaṃ tadasādhyaṃ vamanavirecanāyogitvād anauṣadhatvācceti //
Ca, Vim., 1, 17.2 ye hy enaṃ grāmanagaranigamajanapadāḥ satatam upayuñjate ta āndhyaṣāṇḍhyakhālityapālityabhājo hṛdayāpakartinaśca bhavanti tadyathā prācyāś cīnāśca tasmātkṣāraṃ nātyupayuñjīta //
Ca, Vim., 1, 18.1 lavaṇaṃ punarauṣṇyataikṣṇyopapannam anatiguru anatisnigdham upakledi visraṃsanasamartham annadravyarucikaram āpātabhadraṃ prayogasamasādguṇyāt doṣasaṃcayānubandhaṃ tad rocanapācanopakledanavisraṃsanārtham upayujyate /
Ca, Vim., 1, 18.2tad atyartham upayujyamānaṃ glāniśaithilyadaurbalyābhinirvṛttikaraṃ śarīrasya bhavati /
Ca, Vim., 1, 18.4tadyathā vāhlīkasaurāṣṭrikasaindhavasauvīrakāḥ te hi payasāpi saha lavaṇam aśnanti /
Ca, Vim., 1, 20.1 sātmyaṃ nāma tad yad ātmanyupaśete sātmyārtho hy upaśayārthaḥ /
Ca, Vim., 1, 20.2tattrividhaṃ pravarāvaramadhyavibhāgena saptavidhaṃ tu rasaikaikatvena sarvarasopayogācca /
Ca, Vim., 1, 21.0 tatra khalvimānyaṣṭāv āhāravidhiviśeṣāyatanāni bhavanti tadyathā prakṛtikaraṇasaṃyogarāśideśakālopayogasaṃsthopayoktraṣṭamāni bhavanti //
Ca, Vim., 1, 22.1 tatra prakṛtir ucyate svabhāvo yaḥ sa punarāhārauṣadhadravyāṇāṃ svābhāviko gurvādiguṇayogaḥ tadyathā maṣamudgayoḥ śūkaraiṇayośca /
Ca, Vim., 1, 22.5 saṃyogaḥ punar dvayor bahūnāṃ vā dravyāṇāṃ saṃhatībhāvaḥ sa viśeṣamārabhate yaṃ punar naikaikaśo dravyāṇyārabhante tad yathā madhusarpiṣoḥ madhumatsyapayasāṃ ca saṃyogaḥ /
Ca, Vim., 2, 8.0 na ca khalu kevalam atimātram evāhārarāśim āmapradoṣakaram icchanti api tu khalu gururūkṣaśītaśuṣkadviṣṭaviṣṭambhividāhyaśuciviruddhānām akāle cānnapānānām upasevanaṃ kāmakrodhalobhamoherṣyāhrīśokamānodvegabhayopataptamanasā vā yad annapānam upayujyate tad apyāmam eva pradūṣayati //
Ca, Vim., 2, 12.1 alasakam upadekṣyāmaḥ durbalasyālpāgner bahuśleṣmaṇo vātamūtrapurīṣavegavidhāriṇaḥ sthiragurubahurūkṣaśītaśuṣkānnasevinas tad annapānam anilaprapīḍitaṃ śleṣmaṇā ca vibaddhamārgam atimātrapralīnam alasatvānna bahirmukhībhavati tataśchardyatīsāravarjyāny āmapradoṣaliṅgāny abhidarśayaty atimātrāṇi /
Ca, Vim., 2, 12.3 viruddhādhyaśanājīrṇāśanaśīlinaḥ punar āmadoṣam āmaviṣam ityācakṣate bhiṣajaḥ viṣasadṛśaliṅgatvāt tat paramasādhyam āśukāritvād viruddhopakramatvācceti //
Ca, Vim., 3, 6.2 te tu khalvime bhāvāḥ sāmānyā janapadeṣu bhavanti tadyathā vāyur udakaṃ deśaḥ kāla iti //
Ca, Vim., 8, 122.2tadvayo yathāsthūlabhedena trividhaṃ bālaṃ madhyaṃ jīrṇamiti /
Ca, Vim., 8, 128.1 āturāvasthāsvapi tu kāryākāryaṃ prati kālākālasaṃjñā tadyathā asyām avasthāyāmasya bheṣajasyākālaḥ kālaḥ punaranyasyeti etadapi hi bhavatyavasthāviśeṣeṇa tasmādāturāvasthāsvapi hi kālākālasaṃjñā /
Ca, Śār., 2, 4.2vāyvagnibhūmyabguṇapādavattat ṣaḍbhyo rasebhyaḥ prabhavaśca tasya //
Ca, Śār., 2, 8.2 garbhasya rūpaṃ hi karoti tasyās tadasṛg asrāvi vivardhamānam //
Ca, Śār., 2, 9.1tadagnisūryaśramaśokarogair uṣṇānnapānairathavā pravṛttam /
Ca, Śār., 2, 44.1 daivaṃ purā yat kṛtamucyate tat tat pauruṣaṃ yattviha karma dṛṣṭam /
Ca, Śār., 2, 44.1 daivaṃ purā yat kṛtamucyate tat tat pauruṣaṃ yattviha karma dṛṣṭam /
Ca, Śār., 3, 4.9 yadi hi sātmyajaḥ syāt tarhi sātmyasevināmevaikāntena prajā syāt asātmyasevinaśca nikhilenānapatyāḥ syuḥ taccobhayamubhayatraiva dṛśyate /
Ca, Śār., 3, 4.11 yadi hi rasajaḥ syāt na kecit strīpuruṣeṣvanapatyāḥ syuḥ na hi kaścidastyeṣāṃ yo rasānnopayuṅkte śreṣṭharasopayogināṃ cedgarbhā jāyanta ityabhipretamiti evaṃ saty ājaurabhramārgamāyūragokṣīradadhighṛtamadhutailasaindhavekṣurasamudgaśālibhṛtānām evaikāntena prajā syāt śyāmākavarakoddālakakoradūṣakakandamūlabhakṣāśca nikhilenānapatyāḥ syuḥ taccobhayamubhayatra dṛśyate /
Ca, Śār., 3, 6.3 yāni khalvasya garbhasya mātṛjāni yāni cāsya mātṛtaḥ sambhavataḥ sambhavanti tānyanuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ tad yathā tvak ca lohitaṃ ca māṃsaṃ ca medaśca nābhiśca hṛdayaṃ ca kloma ca yakṛcca plīhā ca vṛkkau ca bastiśca purīṣādhānaṃ cāmāśayaśca pakvāśayaścottaragudaṃ cādharagudaṃ ca kṣudrāntraṃ ca sthūlāntraṃ ca vapā ca vapāvahanaṃ ceti //
Ca, Śār., 3, 7.3 yāni khalvasya garbhasya pitṛjāni yāni cāsya pitṛtaḥ sambhavataḥ sambhavanti tānyanuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ tad yathā keśaśmaśrunakhalomadantāsthisirāsnāyudhamanyaḥ śukraṃ ceti //
Ca, Śār., 3, 8.5 sato hyavasthāntaragamanamātrameva hi janma cocyate tatra tatra vayasi tasyāṃ tasyāmavasthāyāṃ yathā satāmeva śukraśoṇitajīvānāṃ prāk saṃyogādgarbhatvaṃ na bhavati tacca saṃyogādbhavati yathā satastasyaiva puruṣasya prāgapatyāt pitṛtvaṃ na bhavati taccāpatyādbhavati tathā satastasyaiva garbhasya tasyāṃ tasyāmavasthāyāṃ jātatvam ajātatvaṃ cocyate //
Ca, Śār., 3, 8.5 sato hyavasthāntaragamanamātrameva hi janma cocyate tatra tatra vayasi tasyāṃ tasyāmavasthāyāṃ yathā satāmeva śukraśoṇitajīvānāṃ prāk saṃyogādgarbhatvaṃ na bhavati tacca saṃyogādbhavati yathā satastasyaiva puruṣasya prāgapatyāt pitṛtvaṃ na bhavati taccāpatyādbhavati tathā satastasyaiva garbhasya tasyāṃ tasyāmavasthāyāṃ jātatvam ajātatvaṃ cocyate //
Ca, Śār., 3, 10.1 yāni tu khalvasya garbhasyātmajāni yāni cāsyātmataḥ sambhavataḥ sambhavanti tānyanuvyākhyāsyāmaḥ tadyathā tāsu tāsu yoniṣūtpattirāyurātmajñānaṃ mana indriyāṇi prāṇāpānau preraṇaṃ dhāraṇamākṛtisvaravarṇaviśeṣāḥ sukhaduḥkhe icchādveṣau cetanā dhṛtirbuddhiḥ smṛtirahaṅkāraḥ prayatnaśceti //
Ca, Śār., 6, 13.2tadyathā balavatpuruṣe deśe janma balavatpuruṣe kāle ca sukhaśca kālayogaḥ bījakṣetraguṇasaṃpac ca āhārasaṃpac ca śarīrasaṃpac ca sātmyasaṃpac ca sattvasaṃpac ca svabhāvasaṃsiddhiśca yauvanaṃ ca karma ca saṃharṣaśceti //
Ca, Śār., 6, 14.2tadyathoṣmā vāyuḥ kledaḥ snehaḥ kālaḥ samayogaśceti //
Ca, Śār., 7, 10.0 pañcadaśa koṣṭhāṅgāni tadyathā nābhiśca hṛdayaṃ ca kloma ca yakṛcca plīhā ca vṛkkau ca vastiśca purīṣādhāraśca āmāśayaśca pakvāśayaśca uttaragudaṃ ca adharagudaṃ ca kṣudrāntraṃ ca sthūlāntraṃ ca vapāvahanaṃ ceti //
Ca, Śār., 7, 11.2tadyathā dve jaṅghāpiṇḍike dve ūrupiṇḍike dvau sphicau dvau vṛṣaṇau ekaṃ śephaḥ dve ukhe dvau vaṅghaṇau dvau kukundarau ekaṃ vastiśīrṣam ekamudaraṃ dvau stanau dvau śleṣmabhuvau dve bāhupiṇḍike cibukamekaṃ dvāvoṣṭhau dve sṛkkaṇyau dvau dantaveṣṭakau ekaṃ tālu ekā galaśuṇḍikā dve upajihvike ekā gojihvikā dvau gaṇḍau dve karṇaśaṣkulike dvau karṇaputrakau dve akṣikūṭe catvāryakṣivartmāni dve akṣikanīnike dve bhruvau ekāvaṭuḥ catvāri pāṇipādahṛdayāni //
Ca, Śār., 7, 14.2tadyathā nava snāyuśatāni sapta sirāśatāni dve dhamanīśate catvāri peśīśatāni saptottaraṃ marmaśataṃ dve sandhiśate ekonatriṃśatsahasrāṇi nava ca śatāni ṣaṭpañcāśatkāni sirādhamanīnām aṇuśaḥ pravibhajyamānānāṃ mukhāgraparimāṇaṃ tāvanti caiva keśaśmaśrulomānīti /
Ca, Śār., 7, 15.1 yattvañjalisaṃkhyeyaṃ tadupadekṣyāmaḥ tat paraṃ pramāṇam abhijñeyaṃ tacca vṛddhihrāsayogi tarkyameva /
Ca, Śār., 7, 15.1 yattvañjalisaṃkhyeyaṃ tadupadekṣyāmaḥ tat paraṃ pramāṇam abhijñeyaṃ tacca vṛddhihrāsayogi tarkyameva /
Ca, Śār., 7, 16.1 tatra yad viśeṣataḥ sthūlaṃ sthiraṃ mūrtimadgurukharakaṭhinam aṅgaṃ nakhāsthidantamāṃsacarmavarcaḥkeśaśmaśrulomakaṇḍarādi tat pārthivaṃ gandho ghrāṇaṃ ca yad dravasaramandasnigdhamṛdupicchilaṃ rasarudhiravasākaphapittamūtrasvedādi tadāpyaṃ raso rasanaṃ ca yat pittam ūṣmā ca yo yā ca bhāḥ śarīre tat sarvamāgneyaṃ rūpaṃ darśanaṃ ca yad ucchvāsapraśvāsonmeṣanimeṣākuñcanaprasāraṇagamanapreraṇadhāraṇādi tad vāyavīyaṃ sparśaḥ sparśanaṃ ca yadviviktaṃ yaducyate mahānti cāṇūni srotāṃsi tadāntarīkṣaṃ śabdaḥ śrotraṃ ca yat prayoktṛ tat pradhānaṃ buddhirmanaśca /
Ca, Śār., 7, 16.1 tatra yad viśeṣataḥ sthūlaṃ sthiraṃ mūrtimadgurukharakaṭhinam aṅgaṃ nakhāsthidantamāṃsacarmavarcaḥkeśaśmaśrulomakaṇḍarādi tat pārthivaṃ gandho ghrāṇaṃ ca yad dravasaramandasnigdhamṛdupicchilaṃ rasarudhiravasākaphapittamūtrasvedādi tadāpyaṃ raso rasanaṃ ca yat pittam ūṣmā ca yo yā ca bhāḥ śarīre tat sarvamāgneyaṃ rūpaṃ darśanaṃ ca yad ucchvāsapraśvāsonmeṣanimeṣākuñcanaprasāraṇagamanapreraṇadhāraṇādi tad vāyavīyaṃ sparśaḥ sparśanaṃ ca yadviviktaṃ yaducyate mahānti cāṇūni srotāṃsi tadāntarīkṣaṃ śabdaḥ śrotraṃ ca yat prayoktṛ tat pradhānaṃ buddhirmanaśca /
Ca, Śār., 7, 16.1 tatra yad viśeṣataḥ sthūlaṃ sthiraṃ mūrtimadgurukharakaṭhinam aṅgaṃ nakhāsthidantamāṃsacarmavarcaḥkeśaśmaśrulomakaṇḍarādi tat pārthivaṃ gandho ghrāṇaṃ ca yad dravasaramandasnigdhamṛdupicchilaṃ rasarudhiravasākaphapittamūtrasvedādi tadāpyaṃ raso rasanaṃ ca yat pittam ūṣmā ca yo yā ca bhāḥ śarīre tat sarvamāgneyaṃ rūpaṃ darśanaṃ ca yad ucchvāsapraśvāsonmeṣanimeṣākuñcanaprasāraṇagamanapreraṇadhāraṇādi tad vāyavīyaṃ sparśaḥ sparśanaṃ ca yadviviktaṃ yaducyate mahānti cāṇūni srotāṃsi tadāntarīkṣaṃ śabdaḥ śrotraṃ ca yat prayoktṛ tat pradhānaṃ buddhirmanaśca /
Ca, Śār., 7, 16.1 tatra yad viśeṣataḥ sthūlaṃ sthiraṃ mūrtimadgurukharakaṭhinam aṅgaṃ nakhāsthidantamāṃsacarmavarcaḥkeśaśmaśrulomakaṇḍarādi tat pārthivaṃ gandho ghrāṇaṃ ca yad dravasaramandasnigdhamṛdupicchilaṃ rasarudhiravasākaphapittamūtrasvedādi tadāpyaṃ raso rasanaṃ ca yat pittam ūṣmā ca yo yā ca bhāḥ śarīre tat sarvamāgneyaṃ rūpaṃ darśanaṃ ca yad ucchvāsapraśvāsonmeṣanimeṣākuñcanaprasāraṇagamanapreraṇadhāraṇādi tad vāyavīyaṃ sparśaḥ sparśanaṃ ca yadviviktaṃ yaducyate mahānti cāṇūni srotāṃsi tadāntarīkṣaṃ śabdaḥ śrotraṃ ca yat prayoktṛ tat pradhānaṃ buddhirmanaśca /
Ca, Śār., 7, 16.1 tatra yad viśeṣataḥ sthūlaṃ sthiraṃ mūrtimadgurukharakaṭhinam aṅgaṃ nakhāsthidantamāṃsacarmavarcaḥkeśaśmaśrulomakaṇḍarādi tat pārthivaṃ gandho ghrāṇaṃ ca yad dravasaramandasnigdhamṛdupicchilaṃ rasarudhiravasākaphapittamūtrasvedādi tadāpyaṃ raso rasanaṃ ca yat pittam ūṣmā ca yo yā ca bhāḥ śarīre tat sarvamāgneyaṃ rūpaṃ darśanaṃ ca yad ucchvāsapraśvāsonmeṣanimeṣākuñcanaprasāraṇagamanapreraṇadhāraṇādi tad vāyavīyaṃ sparśaḥ sparśanaṃ ca yadviviktaṃ yaducyate mahānti cāṇūni srotāṃsi tadāntarīkṣaṃ śabdaḥ śrotraṃ ca yat prayoktṛ tat pradhānaṃ buddhirmanaśca /
Ca, Śār., 7, 16.1 tatra yad viśeṣataḥ sthūlaṃ sthiraṃ mūrtimadgurukharakaṭhinam aṅgaṃ nakhāsthidantamāṃsacarmavarcaḥkeśaśmaśrulomakaṇḍarādi tat pārthivaṃ gandho ghrāṇaṃ ca yad dravasaramandasnigdhamṛdupicchilaṃ rasarudhiravasākaphapittamūtrasvedādi tadāpyaṃ raso rasanaṃ ca yat pittam ūṣmā ca yo yā ca bhāḥ śarīre tat sarvamāgneyaṃ rūpaṃ darśanaṃ ca yad ucchvāsapraśvāsonmeṣanimeṣākuñcanaprasāraṇagamanapreraṇadhāraṇādi tad vāyavīyaṃ sparśaḥ sparśanaṃ ca yadviviktaṃ yaducyate mahānti cāṇūni srotāṃsi tadāntarīkṣaṃ śabdaḥ śrotraṃ ca yat prayoktṛ tat pradhānaṃ buddhirmanaśca /
Ca, Śār., 7, 18.1tadetaccharīraṃ saṃkhyātamanekāvayavaṃ dṛṣṭamekatvena saṅgaḥ pṛthaktvenāpavargaḥ /
Ca, Śār., 8, 6.2 nyubjāyā vāto balavān sa yoniṃ pīḍayati pārśvagatāyā dakṣiṇe pārśve śleṣmā sa cyutaḥ pidadhāti garbhāśayaṃ vāme pārśve pittaṃ tadasyāḥ pīḍitaṃ vidahati raktaṃ śukraṃ ca tasmāduttānā bījaṃ gṛhṇīyāt tathāhi yathāsthānam avatiṣṭhante doṣāḥ /
LalVis, 1, 38.1tadyathā maitreyeṇa ca bodhisattvena mahāsattvena //
LalVis, 1, 67.1tadyathā bhagavatā padmottareṇa ca dharmaketunā ca dīpaṃkareṇa ca guṇaketunā ca mahākareṇa ca ṛṣidevena ca śrītejasā ca satyaketunā ca vajrasaṃhatena ca sarvābhibhuvā ca hemavarṇena ca atyuccagāminā ca pravāhasāgareṇa ca puṣpaketunā ca vararūpeṇa ca sulocanena ca ṛṣiguptena ca jinavaktreṇa ca unnatena ca puṣpitena ca ūrṇatejasā ca puṣkareṇa ca suraśminā ca maṅgalena ca sudarśanena ca mahāsiṃhatejasā ca sthitabuddhidattena ca vasantagandhinā ca satyadharmavipulakīrtinā ca tiṣyeṇa ca puṣyeṇa ca lokasundareṇa ca vistīrṇabhedena ca ratnakīrtinā ca ugratejasā ca brahmatejasā ca sughoṣeṇa ca supuṣpeṇa ca sumanojñaghoṣeṇa ca suceṣṭarūpeṇa ca prahasitanetreṇa ca guṇarāśinā ca meghasvareṇa ca sundaravarṇena ca āyustejasā ca salīlagajagāminā ca lokābhilāṣitena ca jitaśatruṇā ca saṃpūjitena ca vipaśyinā ca śikhinā ca viśvabhuvā ca kakucchandena ca kanakamuninā ca kāśyapena ca tathāgatenārhatā samyaksaṃbuddhena bhāṣitapūrvaḥ taṃ bhagavānapyetarhi saṃprakāśayet bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai mahato janakāyasyārthāya sukhāya devānāṃ ca manuṣyāṇāṃ ca //
LalVis, 9, 3.8tadyathāpi nāma jāmbūnadasya suvarṇasya purato masipiṇḍa upanikṣipto na bhāsati na tapati na virocate evameva tānyābharaṇāni bodhisattvasya kāyaprabhayā spṛṣṭāni na bhāsante na tapanti na virocante sma /
LalVis, 9, 3.9 evaṃ yā yā ābharaṇavikṛtirbodhisattvasya kāya ābadhyate sma sā sā jihmībhavati sma tadyathāpi nāma masipiṇḍaḥ //
SBhedaV, 1, 41.1tadyathaitarhi manuṣyāḥ kiṃcid eva svādu subhojanaṃ bhuktvā tad eva purāṇam akṣarapadavyañjanam anusmaranta evam āhur aho rasa aho rasa iti //
SBhedaV, 1, 41.1 tadyathaitarhi manuṣyāḥ kiṃcid eva svādu subhojanaṃ bhuktvā tad eva purāṇam akṣarapadavyañjanam anusmaranta evam āhur aho rasa aho rasa iti //
ŚiraUpan, 1, 34.0 tasyottarataḥ śirodakṣiṇataḥ pādau ya uttarataḥ sa oṃkāraḥ ya oṃkāraḥ sa praṇavaḥ yaḥ praṇavaḥ sa sarvavyāpī yaḥ sarvavyāpī so 'nantaḥ yo 'nantas tat tāraṃ yat tāraṃ tac chuklaṃ yac chuklaṃ tat sūkṣmaṃ yat sūkṣmaṃ tad vaidyutaṃ yad vaidyutaṃ tat paraṃ brahma yat paraṃ brahma sa ekaḥ yaḥ ekaḥ sa rudraḥ yo rudraḥ sa īśānaḥ ya īśānaḥ sa bhagavān maheśvaraḥ //
ŚiraUpan, 1, 34.0 tasyottarataḥ śirodakṣiṇataḥ pādau ya uttarataḥ sa oṃkāraḥ ya oṃkāraḥ sa praṇavaḥ yaḥ praṇavaḥ sa sarvavyāpī yaḥ sarvavyāpī so 'nantaḥ yo 'nantas tat tāraṃ yat tāraṃ tac chuklaṃ yac chuklaṃ tat sūkṣmaṃ yat sūkṣmaṃ tad vaidyutaṃ yad vaidyutaṃ tat paraṃ brahma yat paraṃ brahma sa ekaḥ yaḥ ekaḥ sa rudraḥ yo rudraḥ sa īśānaḥ ya īśānaḥ sa bhagavān maheśvaraḥ //
ŚiraUpan, 1, 34.0 tasyottarataḥ śirodakṣiṇataḥ pādau ya uttarataḥ sa oṃkāraḥ ya oṃkāraḥ sa praṇavaḥ yaḥ praṇavaḥ sa sarvavyāpī yaḥ sarvavyāpī so 'nantaḥ yo 'nantas tat tāraṃ yat tāraṃ tac chuklaṃ yac chuklaṃ tat sūkṣmaṃ yat sūkṣmaṃ tad vaidyutaṃ yad vaidyutaṃ tat paraṃ brahma yat paraṃ brahma sa ekaḥ yaḥ ekaḥ sa rudraḥ yo rudraḥ sa īśānaḥ ya īśānaḥ sa bhagavān maheśvaraḥ //
ŚiraUpan, 1, 34.0 tasyottarataḥ śirodakṣiṇataḥ pādau ya uttarataḥ sa oṃkāraḥ ya oṃkāraḥ sa praṇavaḥ yaḥ praṇavaḥ sa sarvavyāpī yaḥ sarvavyāpī so 'nantaḥ yo 'nantas tat tāraṃ yat tāraṃ tac chuklaṃ yac chuklaṃ tat sūkṣmaṃ yat sūkṣmaṃ tad vaidyutaṃ yad vaidyutaṃ tat paraṃ brahma yat paraṃ brahma sa ekaḥ yaḥ ekaḥ sa rudraḥ yo rudraḥ sa īśānaḥ ya īśānaḥ sa bhagavān maheśvaraḥ //
ŚiraUpan, 1, 34.0 tasyottarataḥ śirodakṣiṇataḥ pādau ya uttarataḥ sa oṃkāraḥ ya oṃkāraḥ sa praṇavaḥ yaḥ praṇavaḥ sa sarvavyāpī yaḥ sarvavyāpī so 'nantaḥ yo 'nantas tat tāraṃ yat tāraṃ tac chuklaṃ yac chuklaṃ tat sūkṣmaṃ yat sūkṣmaṃ tad vaidyutaṃ yad vaidyutaṃ tat paraṃ brahma yat paraṃ brahma sa ekaḥ yaḥ ekaḥ sa rudraḥ yo rudraḥ sa īśānaḥ ya īśānaḥ sa bhagavān maheśvaraḥ //
Divyāv, 2, 545.0 tā dṛṣṭasatyās trirudānamudānayanti idamasmākaṃ bhadanta na mātrā kṛtaṃ na pitrā kṛtaṃ na rājñā neṣṭasvajanabandhuvargeṇa na devatābhir na pūrvapretair na śramaṇabrāhmaṇairyad bhagavatāsmākaṃ tatkṛtam //
Kāśikāvṛtti zu Aṣṭādhyāyī, 1, 1, 4.1, 1.1 dhātvekadeśo dhātuḥ tasya lopo yasmin ārdhadhātuke tad ārdhadhātukaṃ dhātulopaṃ tatra ye guṇavṛddhī prāpnutaḥ te na bhavataḥ /
Kāśikāvṛtti zu Aṣṭādhyāyī, 1, 1, 5.1, 1.19 acinavam asunavam ity ādau lakārasya saty api ṅittve yāsuṭo ṅidvacanaṃ jñāpakam ṅiti yat kāryaṃ tallakāre ṅiti na bhavati iti //
PABh zu PāśupSūtra, 5, 39, 21.0 tatra manasi bhavaṃ mānasaṃ krodhalobhamohabhayaviṣāderṣyāsūyādveṣamadamānamātsaryāratyādyaviśeṣadarśanādinimittaṃ tad duḥkham //
Su, Sū., 20, 7.1 ekāntahitānyekāntāhitāni ca prāgupadiṣṭāni hitāhitāni tu yadvāyoḥ pathyaṃ tatpittasyāpathyam iti //
Su, Sū., 20, 8.2tadyathā vallīphalakavakakarīrāmlaphalalavaṇakulatthapiṇyākadadhitailavirohipiṣṭaśuṣkaśākājāvikamāṃsamadyajāmbavacilicimamatsyagodhāvarāhāṃś ca naikadhyamaśnīyāt payasā //
Su, Sū., 45, 6.3 tatra svalakṣaṇabhūyiṣṭhāyāṃ bhūmāvamlaṃ lavaṇaṃ ca ambuguṇabhūyiṣṭhāyāṃ madhuraṃ tejoguṇabhūyiṣṭhāyāṃ kaṭukaṃ tiktaṃ ca vāyuguṇabhūyiṣṭhāyāṃ kaṣāyam ākāśaguṇabhūyiṣṭhāyāmavyaktarasam avyaktaṃ hyākāśamityataḥ tat pradhānamavyaktarasatvāt tatpeyamāntarīkṣalābhe //
Su, Sū., 45, 6.3 tatra svalakṣaṇabhūyiṣṭhāyāṃ bhūmāvamlaṃ lavaṇaṃ ca ambuguṇabhūyiṣṭhāyāṃ madhuraṃ tejoguṇabhūyiṣṭhāyāṃ kaṭukaṃ tiktaṃ ca vāyuguṇabhūyiṣṭhāyāṃ kaṣāyam ākāśaguṇabhūyiṣṭhāyāmavyaktarasam avyaktaṃ hyākāśamityataḥ tat pradhānamavyaktarasatvāt tatpeyamāntarīkṣalābhe //
Su, Śār., 1, 3.2tadekaṃ bahūnāṃ kṣetrajñānām adhiṣṭhānaṃ samudra ivaudakānāṃ bhāvānām //
Su, Śār., 1, 4.3 tatra vaikārikād ahaṃkārāt taijasasahāyāt tallakṣaṇānyevaikādaśendriyāṇyutpadyante tad yathā śrotratvakcakṣurjihvāghrāṇavāgghastopasthapāyupādamanāṃsīti tatra pūrvāṇi pañca buddhīndriyāṇi itarāṇi pañca karmendriyāṇi ubhayātmakaṃ manaḥ /
Su, Śār., 1, 4.4 bhūtāder api taijasasahāyāt tallakṣaṇānyeva pañcatanmātrāṇyutpadyante tad yathā śabdatanmātraṃ sparśatanmātraṃ rūpatanmātraṃ rasatanmātraṃ gandhatanmātram iti /
Su, Śār., 1, 9.2tad yathā ubhāv apyanādī ubhāv apyanantau ubhāv apyaliṅgau ubhāv api nityau ubhāv apyanaparau ubhau ca sarvagatāv iti ekā tu prakṛtiracetanā triguṇā bījadharmiṇī prasavadharmiṇyamadhyasthadharmiṇī ceti bahavastu puruṣāścetanāvanto 'guṇā abījadharmāṇo 'prasavadharmāṇo madhyasthadharmāṇaś ceti //
Su, Śār., 1, 14.1 yato 'bhihitaṃ tat sambhavadravyasamūho bhūtādir ukto bhautikāni cendriyāṇyāyurvede varṇyante tathendriyārthaḥ //
Su, Śār., 2, 5.1 ārtavam api tribhir doṣaiḥ śoṇitacaturthaiḥ pṛthagdvandvaiḥ samastaiścopasṛṣṭamabījaṃ bhavati tad api doṣavarṇavedanādibhir vijñeyam /
Su, Śār., 2, 9.2 prāguktaṃ vakṣyate yac ca tat kāryaṃ kṣīṇaretasi //
Su, Śār., 6, 8.2tadyathā sadyaḥprāṇaharāṇi kālāntaraprāṇaharāṇi viśalyaghnāni vaikalyakarāṇi rujākarāṇīti /
Su, Śār., 9, 3.3tattu na samyak anyā eva hi dhamanyaḥ srotāṃsi ca sirābhyaḥ kasmāt vyañjanānyatvānmūlasaṃniyamāt karmavaiśeṣyādāgamācca kevalaṃ tu parasparasannikarṣāt sadṛśāgamakarmatvāt saukṣmyācca vibhaktakarmaṇāmapyavibhāga iva karmasu bhavati //
Su, Cik., 24, 89.1 tatrādita eva nīcanakharomṇā śucinā śuklavāsasā laghūṣṇīṣacchatropānatkena daṇḍapāṇinā kāle hitamitamadhurapūrvābhibhāṣiṇā bandhubhūtena bhūtānāṃ guruvṛddhānumatena susahāyenānanyamanasā khalūpacaritavyaṃ tad api na rātrau na keśāsthikaṇṭakāśmatuṣabhasmotkarakapālāṅgārāmedhyasnānabalibhūmiṣu na viṣamendrakīlacatuṣpathaśvabhrāṇām upariṣṭāt //
STKau zu SāṃKār, 13.2, 1.14 dṛṣṭam eva tad yathā vartitaile analavirodhinī atha ca milite sahānalena rūpaprakāśalakṣaṇaṃ kāryaṃ kurutaḥ yathā ca vātapittaśleṣmāṇaḥ parasparaṃ virodhinaḥ śarīradharaṇalakṣaṇakāryakāriṇaḥ /
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 1.2, 41.2 parameśvarasadbhāvaprasādhakapramāṇopanyāsas tadbādhakanirākaraṇaṃ ca yady api tatpraṇītāgamaprāmāṇy asādhanāya prathamam evopayujyate tathāpi śāstrakāreṇaiva agre tad vivecitam atas tatraiva vakṣyāmaḥ //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 1.2, 44.0 iti tac cāptatvaṃ sāñjanatvād asarvārthadṛśāṃ darśanāntarapraṇetṝṇāṃ svasvaviṣayam eva nityanirmalaniratiśayasarvārthajñānakriyāśaktes tu sarvadā sarvānugrahapravṛttasya parameśvaratvād eva sarvādhiṣṭhātuḥ sarvaviṣayam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 7.2, 3.0 mithyā jñānaṃ vaḥ yuṣmākaṃ sambandhi yad etalliṅgārcanādiśivārādhanapratipādakaṃ jñānaṃ śāstraṃ tan mithyā na satyaṃ tat praṇetṛtathāvidhadevatānupapatteḥ //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 7.2, 3.0 mithyā jñānaṃ vaḥ yuṣmākaṃ sambandhi yad etalliṅgārcanādiśivārādhanapratipādakaṃ jñānaṃ śāstraṃ tan mithyā na satyaṃ tat praṇetṛtathāvidhadevatānupapatteḥ //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 7.2, 11.0tac cedam anupamamahimnaḥ śabdarūpasyaivaṃ vijṛmbhitaṃ yad ekam api sat tat tad devatāviśeṣapratītihetutām ātmapratītihetutāṃ cābhyeti //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 7.2, 11.0 tac cedam anupamamahimnaḥ śabdarūpasyaivaṃ vijṛmbhitaṃ yad ekam api sat tat tad devatāviśeṣapratītihetutām ātmapratītihetutāṃ cābhyeti //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 7.2, 11.0 tac cedam anupamamahimnaḥ śabdarūpasyaivaṃ vijṛmbhitaṃ yad ekam api sat tat tad devatāviśeṣapratītihetutām ātmapratītihetutāṃ cābhyeti //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 9.1, 4.0 atha vyavahitaviprakṛṣṭārthaviṣayaṃ yogipratyakṣaṃ tat sattāniścāyakam iti cet tan na yasmād asmadādyatīndriyārthadarśino yoginaḥ sūkṣmādiviṣayas tatpratyakṣaṃ tena ceśaḥ sākṣātkriyate ity etat sarvam anupapannaṃ pramāṇābhāvāt //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 9.1, 4.0 atha vyavahitaviprakṛṣṭārthaviṣayaṃ yogipratyakṣaṃ tat sattāniścāyakam iti cet tan na yasmād asmadādyatīndriyārthadarśino yoginaḥ sūkṣmādiviṣayas tatpratyakṣaṃ tena ceśaḥ sākṣātkriyate ity etat sarvam anupapannaṃ pramāṇābhāvāt //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 9.1, 6.0 nanv asty atrānupahatasāmarthyam anumānaṃ tathā hi jagad idam urvīparvatasaritsamudrādi dharmi kāryam iti sādhyo dharmaḥ sāvayavatvāt yad yat sāvayavaṃ tat tat kāryaṃ yathā valabhiprākārapuṣkariṇyādi //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 1, 9.1, 6.0 nanv asty atrānupahatasāmarthyam anumānaṃ tathā hi jagad idam urvīparvatasaritsamudrādi dharmi kāryam iti sādhyo dharmaḥ sāvayavatvāt yad yat sāvayavaṃ tat tat kāryaṃ yathā valabhiprākārapuṣkariṇyādi //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 2, 11.2, 7.1 ye cātropāyāḥ puṃsprakṛtivivekajñānabrahmādvaitābhyāsaṣoḍaśapadārthajñānādayaḥ phalāni ca svargāpavargalakṣaṇāni tat sarvaṃ tadvad aspaṣṭam eva tathātathāvakṣyamāṇanirvāhāsahatvāt //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 2, 14.2, 6.1 yata eva saṃsāritāyāḥ prabhavas tatraiva niraṃśe paramātmani yadi layo mokṣas tat punar api tata eva prādurbhāvaḥ punaś ca mokṣa iti seyaṃ gatānugatikā na tu mokṣaḥ //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 2, 14.2, 17.0 yathā kiṃca yad yad upādānakāraṇaṃ tat tad acetanaṃ yathā mṛdādi acetanaś cāyaṃ tattad acetanaṃ paramātmopādānakāraṇatvāt cetanatve nāsyopādānakāraṇatvam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 2, 14.2, 17.0 yathā kiṃca yad yad upādānakāraṇaṃ tat tad acetanaṃ yathā mṛdādi acetanaś cāyaṃ tattad acetanaṃ paramātmopādānakāraṇatvāt cetanatve nāsyopādānakāraṇatvam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 2, 14.2, 17.0 yathā kiṃca yad yad upādānakāraṇaṃ tat tad acetanaṃ yathā mṛdādi acetanaś cāyaṃ tattad acetanaṃ paramātmopādānakāraṇatvāt cetanatve nāsyopādānakāraṇatvam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 2, 14.2, 17.0 yathā kiṃca yad yad upādānakāraṇaṃ tat tad acetanaṃ yathā mṛdādi acetanaś cāyaṃ tattad acetanaṃ paramātmopādānakāraṇatvāt cetanatve nāsyopādānakāraṇatvam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 5, 14.2, 1.0 śivasya tat sarvajñatvam anādyāvaraṇaśūnyatvān na vyañjakāpekṣam nāpi saṃsāriṇa iva saṃśayaviparyayānadhyavasāyayuktam ata eva hetoḥ //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 6, 5.2, 5.0 nanu mṛtaśarīre'pi prāṇādyātmakasya vāyorūṣmarūpasya ca tejaso'pagamān na jīvāvasthāyāmiva śarīrārambhakabhūtasadbhāvas tasmād atrācetanatvam yac ca tat sati sattvam anaikāntikīkartum aśaktam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 6, 6.1, 1.0 kaumārayauvanādyavasthābhedād avāntaratattadavasthāviśeṣabhedena ca dehārambhakabhūtapariṇāmakṛtatattadvaiśiṣṭyāj jīvadavasthāyāṃ yac caitanyamasti tat tathāvidhabhūtapariṇāmakṛtatattadghaṭapaṭaśakaṭādyanekārthaprakāśakāni sakramāṇi hi vijñānāni pūrvapūrvanirodhe saty uttarottarāṇi pariṇāmavaiśiṣṭyādeva bhavanti nānyata iti na dehād anyac caitanyamiti codyam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 6, 6.1, 1.0 kaumārayauvanādyavasthābhedād avāntaratattadavasthāviśeṣabhedena ca dehārambhakabhūtapariṇāmakṛtatattadvaiśiṣṭyāj jīvadavasthāyāṃ yac caitanyamasti tat tathāvidhabhūtapariṇāmakṛtatattadghaṭapaṭaśakaṭādyanekārthaprakāśakāni sakramāṇi hi vijñānāni pūrvapūrvanirodhe saty uttarottarāṇi pariṇāmavaiśiṣṭyādeva bhavanti nānyata iti na dehād anyac caitanyamiti codyam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 6, 6.1, 1.0 kaumārayauvanādyavasthābhedād avāntaratattadavasthāviśeṣabhedena ca dehārambhakabhūtapariṇāmakṛtatattadvaiśiṣṭyāj jīvadavasthāyāṃ yac caitanyamasti tat tathāvidhabhūtapariṇāmakṛtatattadghaṭapaṭaśakaṭādyanekārthaprakāśakāni sakramāṇi hi vijñānāni pūrvapūrvanirodhe saty uttarottarāṇi pariṇāmavaiśiṣṭyādeva bhavanti nānyata iti na dehād anyac caitanyamiti codyam //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 10, 17.2, 1.0 eva tarhi yathā dehendriyādibhiḥ svasvavyāpārapravṛttaiḥ saha karma puruṣārthasādhanakṣamam evaṃ svakāryaniṣpādakaniyatitattvasāpekṣaṃ tat niyāmakam astviti na kaścid doṣaḥ //
MṛgṬīkā zu MṛgT, Vidyāpāda, 11, 13.2, 2.0 viniyogāntaraṃ ca tad dvāraṃ mukhaṃ yasyāḥ sā mukhāntareṇānyena viniyogena pravṛttā anekasādhyatā na duṣṭā yathā indhanodakadarvyādyanekasādhanasādhyāyāḥ pākakriyāyāḥ pṛthakprayojanatve sati bhinnakārakābhyupagame na kiṃcid apakṛṣyate //
NŚVi zu NāṭŚ, 6, 32.2, 87.0 yaccoktaṃ rāmo'yamityasti pratipattiḥ tad api yadi tadātveti niścitaṃ taduttarakālabhāvibādhakavaidhuryābhāve kathaṃ na tattvajñānaṃ syāt //
NŚVi zu NāṭŚ, 6, 32.2, 167.0 yat kāvyena bhāvyante rasāḥ ityucyate tatra vibhāvādijanitacarvaṇātmakāsvādarūpapratyayagocaratāpādanam eva yadi bhāvanaṃ tadabhyupagamyata eva //
SarvSund zu AHS, Sū., 9, 10.2, 1.0 evam anena pañcamahābhūtārabdhena gurvādiguṇayogena dravyāṇāṃ jagati bhuvane'smin anauṣadhabhūtaṃ na kiṃcid dravyamasti api tu sarvam eva dravyaṃ yatsikatāpāṃsvādikaṃ tadauṣadhaṃ cikitsitam //
SarvSund zu AHS, Sū., 9, 28.1, 8.0 vicitrapratyayārabdhaṃ ca taddravyaṃ ca tasya bhedo viśeṣaḥ tena vicitrapratyayārabdhadravyabhedena tat sāmānyoktaṃ karma dravyādīnāṃ bhidyate nānātvena sampadyate //
SarvSund zu AHS, Sū., 9, 28.1, 8.0 vicitrapratyayārabdhaṃ ca taddravyaṃ ca tasya bhedo viśeṣaḥ tena vicitrapratyayārabdhadravyabhedena tat sāmānyoktaṃ karma dravyādīnāṃ bhidyate nānātvena sampadyate //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 2.2, 23.0 nanu yadi tasmāt prakāśavapuṣa idaṃ jagan niryātaṃ tan na pratheta na hi prathābāhyaṃ ca prathate ceti yuktam ityāśaṅkya yasmān nirgatamapi sadyatra sthitam ity āvṛttyā saṃgamanīyam //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 2.2, 25.0 etaduktaṃ bhavati na prasevakādivākṣoṭādi tat tasmān nirgatamapi tu sa eva bhagavān svasvātantryād anatiriktām apyatiriktāmiva jagadrūpatāṃ svabhittau darpaṇanagaravat prakāśayan sthitaḥ //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 3.2, 10.0arthāttattattvaṃ jāgarādibhede'pi sati prasarpati prasarati vaicitryaṃ gṛhṇāti tan naiva svabhāvān nivartata iti yojyam //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 3.2, 10.0 arthāttattattvaṃ jāgarādibhede'pi sati prasarpati prasarati vaicitryaṃ gṛhṇāti tan naiva svabhāvān nivartata iti yojyam //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 3.2, 11.0 kiṃcāyaṃ jāgradādibhedaḥ pariṇāmo vivarto veti yat sāṃkhyapāñcarātraśābdikādayo manyante tadvyudāsāyāpyuktaṃ tadabhinna iti //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 3.2, 11.0 kiṃcāyaṃ jāgradādibhedaḥ pariṇāmo vivarto veti yat sāṃkhyapāñcarātraśābdikādayo manyante tadvyudāsāyāpyuktaṃ tadabhinna iti //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 3.2, 12.0 avasthāprapañco'pi yadi cinmātrāt manāgapy atiricyeta cidrūpaṃ vā tatpariṇatau manāg atiricyeta tan na kiṃcic ca kā syād iti tāvan na pariṇāmo'sti //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 5.2, 16.1 evaṃ ca yatra sthitam ityataḥ prabhṛti yattattvaṃ vicāritaṃ tadevāsti tac cāstyeva paramārthato yuktyanubhavāgamasiddhena rūpeṇa paramārthata eva cākalpitena pūrṇena rūpeṇāsti na tu nīlādivat kalpitena /
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 5.2, 16.1 evaṃ ca yatra sthitam ityataḥ prabhṛti yattattvaṃ vicāritaṃ tadevāsti tac cāstyeva paramārthato yuktyanubhavāgamasiddhena rūpeṇa paramārthata eva cākalpitena pūrṇena rūpeṇāsti na tu nīlādivat kalpitena /
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 5.2, 21.0 atha ca yasminn asmin sopadeśasāvadhānamahānubhāvapariśīlye sphurattāsāre spandatattve sphurati duḥkhasukhagrāhyagrāhakatadabhāvādikam idaṃ sad api na kiṃcid eva sarvasyaitac camatkāraikasāratvāt tad evaitad astīty upadiṣṭam /
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 13.2, 33.0 yadyapi ca samāveśadaśā vyutthitena prāṇādisaṃskāravaśāt smaryate tathāpi na tāvadeva spandatattvamapi tu sarvānusyūtānavacchinnaprakāśānandasāraparapramātṛrūpam eva tat //
SpandaKārNir zu SpandaKār, 1, 16.2, 4.0 tasya cedameva kāryatvaṃ yadayaṃ vicitradeśakālādyābhāsasaṃyojanaviyojanakrameṇānantān dehanīlādyābhāsāṃś cidātmanaḥ svarūpād anatiriktān api mukurapratibimbavad atiriktān ivābhāsayati yāvac ca kiṃcidābhāsayati tat sarvam ābhāsyamānatvādeva bahirmukhena rūpeṇa kṣayadharmakaṃ kṣayaś cāsyedaṃtābhāsanimajjanenāhaṃtārūpatayāvasthānam ata eva dehādergrāhakasya yo vedyāṃśaḥ sa eva bhagavatā sṛjyate saṃhriyate ca na tv ahaṃtāprakāśātmakaṃ kartṛrūpaṃ tasya dehādyāveśe 'pi bhagavadekarūpatvāt atastatra tayoḥ kāryakartṛtvayor madhyāt kāryatā kṣayiṇī kartṛtvaṃ citsvātantryarūpaṃ punarakṣayaṃ jagadudayāpāyayor api tasya svabhāvād acalanāt //
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā zu SūryaŚ, 1, 9.2, 14.0 dīrghaṃ ca tadduḥkhaṃ ca tasya prabhava utpattisthānaṃ sa cāsau bhavaśca saṃsārastasmād bhayaṃ tad evodanvān samudras tasmād uttāras tatra nāvo yānapātrāṇi //
Sūryaśatakaṭīkā zu SūryaŚ, 1, 9.2, 14.0 dīrghaṃ ca tadduḥkhaṃ ca tasya prabhava utpattisthānaṃ sa cāsau bhavaśca saṃsārastasmād bhayaṃ tad evodanvān samudras tasmād uttāras tatra nāvo yānapātrāṇi //
TantraS, 1, 5.0 pauruṣaṃ tu vikalpasvabhāvaṃ saṃkucitaprathātmakaṃ tad eva ca mūlakāraṇaṃ saṃsārasya iti vakṣyāmo malanirṇaye //
TantraS, 1, 7.0 tatra adhyavasāyātmakaṃ buddhiniṣṭham eva jñānaṃ pradhānam tad eva ca abhyasyamānaṃ pauruṣam api ajñānaṃ nihanti vikalpasaṃvidabhyāsasya avikalpāntatāparyavasānāt //
TantraS, 1, 17.0 ajñānaṃ kila bandhahetur uditaḥ śāstre malaṃ tat smṛtaṃ pūrṇajñānakalodaye tad akhilaṃ nirmūlatāṃ gacchati //
TantraS, 1, 23.2 saṃchādya yat punar api prathayeta pūrṇaṃ tac ca kramākramavaśād athavā tribhedāt //
TantraS, 2, 4.0 kaś cātra upāyaḥ tasyāpi vyatiriktasya anupapatteḥ tasmāt samastam idam ekaṃ cinmātratattvaṃ kālena akalitaṃ deśena aparicchinnam upādhibhir amlānam ākṛtibhir aniyantritaṃ śabdair asaṃdiṣṭaṃ pramāṇair aprapañcitaṃ kālādeḥ pramāṇaparyantasya svecchayaiva svarūpalābhanimittaṃ ca svatantram ānandaghanaṃ tattvaṃ tad eva ca aham tatraiva antar mayi viśvaṃ pratibimbitam evaṃ dṛḍhaṃ viviñcānasya śaśvad eva pārameśvaraḥ samāveśo nirupāyaka eva tasya ca na mantrapūjādhyānacaryādiniyantraṇā kācit //
TantraS, 3, 1.0 yad etat prakāśarūpaṃ śivatattvam uktam tatra akhaṇḍamaṇḍale yadā praveṣṭuṃ na śaknoti tadā svātantryaśaktim eva adhikāṃ paśyan nirvikalpam eva bhairavasamāveśam anubhavati ayaṃ ca asya upadeśaḥ sarvam idaṃ bhāvajātaṃ bodhagagane pratibimbamātraṃ pratibimbalakṣaṇopetatvāt idaṃ hi pratibimbasya lakṣaṇaṃ yat bhedena bhāsitam aśaktam anyavyāmiśratvenaiva bhāti tat pratibimbam mukharūpam iva darpaṇe rasa iva dantodake gandha iva ghrāṇe mithunasparśa iva ānandendriye śūlakuntādisparśo vā antaḥsparśanendriye pratiśrutkeva vyomni //
TantraS, 3, 2.0 na hi sa raso mukhyaḥ tatkāryavyādhiśamanādyadṛṣṭeḥ //
TantraS, 3, 8.0 nanu kim akāraṇakaṃ tat hanta tarhi hetupraśnaḥ tat kiṃ bimbavācoyuktyā hetuś ca parameśvaraśaktir eva svātantryāparaparyāyā bhaviṣyati viśvapratibimbadhāritvāc ca viśvātmakatvaṃ bhagavataḥ saṃvinmayaṃ hi viśvaṃ caitanyasya vyaktisthānam iti tad eva hi viśvam atra pratīpam iti pratibimbadhāritvam asya tac ca tāvat viśvātmakatvaṃ parameśvarasya svarūpaṃ na anāmṛṣṭaṃ bhavati citsvabhāvasya svarūpānāmarśanānupapatteḥ //
TantraS, 3, 8.0 nanu kim akāraṇakaṃ tat hanta tarhi hetupraśnaḥ tat kiṃ bimbavācoyuktyā hetuś ca parameśvaraśaktir eva svātantryāparaparyāyā bhaviṣyati viśvapratibimbadhāritvāc ca viśvātmakatvaṃ bhagavataḥ saṃvinmayaṃ hi viśvaṃ caitanyasya vyaktisthānam iti tad eva hi viśvam atra pratīpam iti pratibimbadhāritvam asya tac ca tāvat viśvātmakatvaṃ parameśvarasya svarūpaṃ na anāmṛṣṭaṃ bhavati citsvabhāvasya svarūpānāmarśanānupapatteḥ //
TantraS, 3, 8.0 nanu kim akāraṇakaṃ tat hanta tarhi hetupraśnaḥ tat kiṃ bimbavācoyuktyā hetuś ca parameśvaraśaktir eva svātantryāparaparyāyā bhaviṣyati viśvapratibimbadhāritvāc ca viśvātmakatvaṃ bhagavataḥ saṃvinmayaṃ hi viśvaṃ caitanyasya vyaktisthānam iti tad eva hi viśvam atra pratīpam iti pratibimbadhāritvam asya tac ca tāvat viśvātmakatvaṃ parameśvarasya svarūpaṃ na anāmṛṣṭaṃ bhavati citsvabhāvasya svarūpānāmarśanānupapatteḥ //
TantraS, 3, 8.0 nanu kim akāraṇakaṃ tat hanta tarhi hetupraśnaḥ tat kiṃ bimbavācoyuktyā hetuś ca parameśvaraśaktir eva svātantryāparaparyāyā bhaviṣyati viśvapratibimbadhāritvāc ca viśvātmakatvaṃ bhagavataḥ saṃvinmayaṃ hi viśvaṃ caitanyasya vyaktisthānam iti tad eva hi viśvam atra pratīpam iti pratibimbadhāritvam asya tac ca tāvat viśvātmakatvaṃ parameśvarasya svarūpaṃ na anāmṛṣṭaṃ bhavati citsvabhāvasya svarūpānāmarśanānupapatteḥ //
TantraS, 3, 10.0 tatra mukhyās tāvat tisraḥ parameśvarasya śaktayaḥ anuttarecchonmeṣa iti tad eva parāmarśatrayam a i u iti etasmād eva tritayāt sarvaḥ śaktiprapañcaḥ caryate anuttara eva hi viśrāntir ānandaḥ icchāyām eva viśrāntiḥ īśanam unmeṣa eva hi viśrāntir ūrmiḥ yaḥ kriyāśakteḥ prārambhaḥ tad eva parāmarśatrayam ā ī ū iti //
TantraS, 3, 10.0 tatra mukhyās tāvat tisraḥ parameśvarasya śaktayaḥ anuttarecchonmeṣa iti tad eva parāmarśatrayam a i u iti etasmād eva tritayāt sarvaḥ śaktiprapañcaḥ caryate anuttara eva hi viśrāntir ānandaḥ icchāyām eva viśrāntiḥ īśanam unmeṣa eva hi viśrāntir ūrmiḥ yaḥ kriyāśakteḥ prārambhaḥ tad eva parāmarśatrayam ā ī ū iti //
TantraS, 3, 12.0 yadā tu icchāyām īśane ca karma anupraviśati yat tat iṣyamāṇam īśyamāṇam iti ca ucyate tadā asya dvau bhedau prakāśamātreṇa raśrutiḥ viśrāntyā laśrutiḥ ralayoḥ prakāśastambhasvabhāvatvāt iṣyamāṇaṃ ca na bāhyavat sphuṭam sphuṭarūpatve tad eva nirmāṇaṃ syāt na icchā īśanaṃ vā ataḥ asphuṭatvāt eva śrutimātraṃ ralayoḥ na vyañjanavat sthitiḥ //
TantraS, 3, 16.0 sā iyaṃ kriyāśaktiḥ tad eva ca varṇacatuṣṭayam e ai o au iti //
TantraS, 4, 3.0 sa ca evaṃrūpaḥ samastebhyaḥ paricchinnasvabhāvebhyaḥ śivāntebhyaḥ tattvebhyo yat uttīrṇam aparicchinnasaṃvinmātrarūpaṃ tad eva ca paramārthaḥ tat vastuvyavasthāsthānaṃ tat viśvasya ojaḥ tena prāṇiti viśvam tad eva ca aham ato viśvottīrṇo viśvātmā ca aham iti //
TantraS, 4, 3.0 sa ca evaṃrūpaḥ samastebhyaḥ paricchinnasvabhāvebhyaḥ śivāntebhyaḥ tattvebhyo yat uttīrṇam aparicchinnasaṃvinmātrarūpaṃ tad eva ca paramārthaḥ tat vastuvyavasthāsthānaṃ tat viśvasya ojaḥ tena prāṇiti viśvam tad eva ca aham ato viśvottīrṇo viśvātmā ca aham iti //
TantraS, 4, 3.0 sa ca evaṃrūpaḥ samastebhyaḥ paricchinnasvabhāvebhyaḥ śivāntebhyaḥ tattvebhyo yat uttīrṇam aparicchinnasaṃvinmātrarūpaṃ tad eva ca paramārthaḥ tat vastuvyavasthāsthānaṃ tat viśvasya ojaḥ tena prāṇiti viśvam tad eva ca aham ato viśvottīrṇo viśvātmā ca aham iti //
TantraS, 4, 3.0 sa ca evaṃrūpaḥ samastebhyaḥ paricchinnasvabhāvebhyaḥ śivāntebhyaḥ tattvebhyo yat uttīrṇam aparicchinnasaṃvinmātrarūpaṃ tad eva ca paramārthaḥ tat vastuvyavasthāsthānaṃ tat viśvasya ojaḥ tena prāṇiti viśvam tad eva ca aham ato viśvottīrṇo viśvātmā ca aham iti //
TantraS, 4, 19.0 dvaitādhivāso 'pi nāma na kaścana pṛthak vastubhūtaḥ api tu svarūpākhyātimātraṃ tat ato dvaitāpāsanaṃ vikalpena kriyata ity ukteḥ //
TantraS, 4, 21.0 tarkaṃ tu anugṛhṇīyur api sattarka eva sākṣāt tatra upāyaḥ sa eva ca śuddhavidyā sa ca bahuprakāratayā saṃskṛto bhavati tadyathā yāgo homo japo vrataṃ yoga iti tatra bhāvānāṃ sarveṣāṃ parameśvara eva sthitiḥ nānyat vyatiriktam asti iti vikalparūḍhisiddhaye parameśvara eva sarvabhāvārpaṇaṃ yāgaḥ sa ca hṛdyatvāt ye saṃvidanupraveśaṃ svayam eva bhajante teṣāṃ suśakaṃ parameśvare arpaṇam ity abhiprāyeṇa hṛdyānāṃ kusumatarpaṇagandhādīnāṃ bahir upayoga uktaḥ //
TantraS, 5, 23.0 evam uccāraviśrāntau yat paraṃ spandanaṃ galitāśeṣavedyaṃ yac ca unmiṣad vedyaṃ yac ca unmiṣitavedyaṃ tad eva liṅgatrayam iti vakṣyāmaḥ svāvasare //
TantraS, 6, 1.1 sa eva sthānaprakalpanaśabdena uktaḥ tatra tridhā sthānaṃ prāṇavāyuḥ śarīraṃ bāhyaṃ ca tatra prāṇe tāvat vidhiḥ sarvaḥ asau vakṣyamāṇaḥ adhvā prāṇasthaḥ kalyate tasya kramākramakalanaiva kālaḥ sa ca parameśvara eva antarbhāti tadbhāsanaṃ ca devasya kālī nāma śaktiḥ bhedena tu tadābhāsanaṃ kramākramayoḥ prāṇavṛttiḥ //
TantraS, 6, 35.0tat dinaṃ tadūrdhve rudralokaprabho rudrasya tāvatī rātriḥ prāgvat varṣaṃ tacchatam api ca avadhiḥ //
TantraS, 6, 36.0 tatra rudrasya tadavasitau śivatvagatiḥ rudrasya uktādhikārāvadhiḥ brahmāṇḍadhārakāṇāṃ tat dinaṃ śatarudrāṇāṃ niśā tāvatī teṣām api ca śatam āyuḥ //
TantraS, 6, 44.0 yat tu śrīkaṇṭhanāthasya svam āyuḥ tat kañcukavāsināṃ rudrāṇāṃ dinaṃ tāvatī rajanī teṣāṃ yad āyuḥ tat gahaneśadinaṃ tāvatī eva kṣapā tasyāṃ ca samastam eva māyāyāṃ vilīyate //
TantraS, 6, 44.0 yat tu śrīkaṇṭhanāthasya svam āyuḥ tat kañcukavāsināṃ rudrāṇāṃ dinaṃ tāvatī rajanī teṣāṃ yad āyuḥ tat gahaneśadinaṃ tāvatī eva kṣapā tasyāṃ ca samastam eva māyāyāṃ vilīyate //
TantraS, 6, 50.0 aiśvare kāle parārdhaśataguṇite yā saṃkhyā tat sādāśivaṃ dinaṃ tāvatī niśā sa eva mahāpralayaḥ //
TantraS, 6, 51.0 sadāśivaḥ svakālaparikṣaye bindvardhacandranirodhikā ākramya nāde līyate nādaḥ śaktitattve tat vyāpinyāṃ sā ca anāśrite //
TantraS, 6, 53.0 anāśritaḥ sāmanase pade yat tat sāmanasyaṃ sāmyaṃ tat brahma //
TantraS, 6, 53.0 anāśritaḥ sāmanase pade yat tat sāmanasyaṃ sāmyaṃ tat brahma //
TantraS, 8, 1.0 yad idaṃ vibhavātmakaṃ bhuvanajātam uktaṃ garbhīkṛtānantavicitrabhoktṛbhogyaṃ tatra yad anugataṃ mahāprakāśarūpaṃ tat mahāsāmānyakalpaṃ paramaśivarūpam //
TantraS, 8, 2.0 yat tu katipayakatipayabhedānugataṃ rūpaṃ tat tattvaṃ yathā pṛthivī nāma dyutikāṭhinyasthaulyādirūpā kālāgniprabhṛtivīrabhadrāntabhuvaneśādhiṣṭhitasamastabrahmāṇḍānugatā //
TantraS, 8, 13.0 evaṃ kalpite 'smin kāryatve śāstreṣu tattvānāṃ kāryakāraṇabhāvaṃ prati yat bahuprakāratvaṃ tad api saṃgataṃ gomayāt kīṭāt yogīcchāto mantrād auṣadhāt vṛścikodayavat //
TantraS, 8, 61.0 tena bhinnakramanirūpaṇam api rauravādiṣu śāstreṣu aviruddhaṃ mantavyaṃ tad eva tu bhogyasāmānyaṃ prakṣobhagataṃ guṇatattvam //
TantraS, 8, 69.0 ata eva kāra ity anena kṛtakatvam asya uktaṃ sāṃkhyasya tu tat na yujyate sa hi na ātmano 'haṃvimarśamayatām icchati vayaṃ tu kartṛtvam api tasya icchāmaḥ //
TantraS, 8, 70.0tac ca śuddhaṃ vimarśa eva apratiyogi svātmacamatkārarūpo 'ham iti //
TantraS, 8, 75.0 kartraṃśaś ca ahaṃkāra eva tena mukhye karaṇe dve puṃsaḥ jñāne vidyā kriyāyāṃ kalā andhasya paṅgoś ca ahaṃtārūpajñānakriyānapagamāt udriktatanmātrabhāgaviśiṣṭāt tu sāttvikād eva ahaṃkārāt karmendriyapañcakam ahaṃ gacchāmi iti ahaṃkāraviśiṣṭaḥ kāryakaraṇakṣamaḥ pādendriyaṃ tasya mukhyādhiṣṭhānaṃ bāhyam anyatrāpi tad asty eva iti rugṇasyāpi na gativicchedaḥ //
TantraS, 8, 79.0 antaḥ prāṇāśrayakarmānusaṃdhes tu vāgindriyam tena indriyādhiṣṭhāne haste yat gamanaṃ tad api pādendriyasyaiva karma iti mantavyam tena karmānantyam api na indriyānantyam āvahet iyati rājasasya upaśleṣakatvam ity āhuḥ //
TantraS, 8, 83.0 śabdaviśeṣāṇāṃ hi kṣobhātmanāṃ yad ekam akṣobhātmakaṃ prāgbhāvi sāmānyam aviśeṣātmakaṃ tat śabdatanmātram //
TantraS, 9, 4.0 tatra svaṃ rūpaṃ prameyatāyogyaṃ svātmaniṣṭham aparābhaṭṭārikānugrahāt pramātṛṣu udriktaśaktiṣu yat viśrāntibhājanaṃ tat tasyaiva śāktaṃ rūpaṃ śrīmatparāparānugrahāt tac ca saptavidhaṃ śaktīnāṃ tāvattvāt //
TantraS, 9, 4.0 tatra svaṃ rūpaṃ prameyatāyogyaṃ svātmaniṣṭham aparābhaṭṭārikānugrahāt pramātṛṣu udriktaśaktiṣu yat viśrāntibhājanaṃ tat tasyaiva śāktaṃ rūpaṃ śrīmatparāparānugrahāt tac ca saptavidhaṃ śaktīnāṃ tāvattvāt //
TantraS, 9, 5.0 śaktimadrūpapradhāne tu pramātṛvarge yat viśrāntaṃ tacchaktimacchivarūpaṃ śrīmatparābhaṭṭārikānugrahāt tad api saptavidham //
TantraS, 9, 5.0 śaktimadrūpapradhāne tu pramātṛvarge yat viśrāntaṃ tacchaktimacchivarūpaṃ śrīmatparābhaṭṭārikānugrahāt tad api saptavidham //
TantraS, 9, 14.0 nanu bhāvasya cet vedyatā svaṃ vapuḥ tat sarvān prati vedyatvaṃ vedyatvam api vedyam ity anavasthā tayā ca jagato 'ndhasuptatvaṃ suprakāśam eva tayā ca vedyatvāvedyatve viruddhadharmayoga iti doṣaḥ atra ucyate //
TantraS, 9, 15.0 na tat svaṃ vapuḥ svarūpasya pṛthaguktatvāt kiṃ tarhi tat pramātṛśaktau pramātari ca yat viśrāntibhājanaṃ yat rūpaṃ tat khalu tat tat svaprakāśam eva tat prakāśate na tu kiṃcid api prati iti sarvajñatvam anavasthāviruddhadharmayogaś ca iti dūrāpāstam //
TantraS, 9, 15.0 na tat svaṃ vapuḥ svarūpasya pṛthaguktatvāt kiṃ tarhi tat pramātṛśaktau pramātari ca yat viśrāntibhājanaṃ yat rūpaṃ tat khalu tat tat svaprakāśam eva tat prakāśate na tu kiṃcid api prati iti sarvajñatvam anavasthāviruddhadharmayogaś ca iti dūrāpāstam //
TantraS, 9, 15.0 na tat svaṃ vapuḥ svarūpasya pṛthaguktatvāt kiṃ tarhi tat pramātṛśaktau pramātari ca yat viśrāntibhājanaṃ yat rūpaṃ tat khalu tat tat svaprakāśam eva tat prakāśate na tu kiṃcid api prati iti sarvajñatvam anavasthāviruddhadharmayogaś ca iti dūrāpāstam //
TantraS, 9, 15.0 na tat svaṃ vapuḥ svarūpasya pṛthaguktatvāt kiṃ tarhi tat pramātṛśaktau pramātari ca yat viśrāntibhājanaṃ yat rūpaṃ tat khalu tat tat svaprakāśam eva tat prakāśate na tu kiṃcid api prati iti sarvajñatvam anavasthāviruddhadharmayogaś ca iti dūrāpāstam //
TantraS, 9, 15.0 na tat svaṃ vapuḥ svarūpasya pṛthaguktatvāt kiṃ tarhi tat pramātṛśaktau pramātari ca yat viśrāntibhājanaṃ yat rūpaṃ tat khalu tat tat svaprakāśam eva tat prakāśate na tu kiṃcid api prati iti sarvajñatvam anavasthāviruddhadharmayogaś ca iti dūrāpāstam //
TantraS, 9, 15.0 na tat svaṃ vapuḥ svarūpasya pṛthaguktatvāt kiṃ tarhi tat pramātṛśaktau pramātari ca yat viśrāntibhājanaṃ yat rūpaṃ tat khalu tat tat svaprakāśam eva tat prakāśate na tu kiṃcid api prati iti sarvajñatvam anavasthāviruddhadharmayogaś ca iti dūrāpāstam //
TantraS, 9, 16.0 anantapramātṛsaṃvedyam api ekam eva tat tasya rūpaṃ tāvati teṣām ekābhāsarūpatvāt iti na pramātrantarasaṃvedanānumānavighnaḥ kaścit tac ca tasya rūpaṃ satyam arthakriyākāritvāt tathaiva paradṛśyamānāṃ kāntāṃ dṛṣṭvā tasyai samīrṣyati śivasvabhāvaṃ viśrāntikumbhaṃ paśyan samāviśati samastānantapramātṛviśrāntaṃ vastu paśyan pūrṇībhavati nartakīprekṣaṇavat tasyaiva nīlasya tadrūpaṃ pramātari yat viśrāntaṃ tathaiva svaprakāśasya vimarśasyodayāt iti pañcadaśātmakatvaṃ pṛthivyāḥ prabhṛti pradhānatattvaparyantam //
TantraS, 9, 16.0 anantapramātṛsaṃvedyam api ekam eva tat tasya rūpaṃ tāvati teṣām ekābhāsarūpatvāt iti na pramātrantarasaṃvedanānumānavighnaḥ kaścit tac ca tasya rūpaṃ satyam arthakriyākāritvāt tathaiva paradṛśyamānāṃ kāntāṃ dṛṣṭvā tasyai samīrṣyati śivasvabhāvaṃ viśrāntikumbhaṃ paśyan samāviśati samastānantapramātṛviśrāntaṃ vastu paśyan pūrṇībhavati nartakīprekṣaṇavat tasyaiva nīlasya tadrūpaṃ pramātari yat viśrāntaṃ tathaiva svaprakāśasya vimarśasyodayāt iti pañcadaśātmakatvaṃ pṛthivyāḥ prabhṛti pradhānatattvaparyantam //
TantraS, 9, 16.0 anantapramātṛsaṃvedyam api ekam eva tat tasya rūpaṃ tāvati teṣām ekābhāsarūpatvāt iti na pramātrantarasaṃvedanānumānavighnaḥ kaścit tac ca tasya rūpaṃ satyam arthakriyākāritvāt tathaiva paradṛśyamānāṃ kāntāṃ dṛṣṭvā tasyai samīrṣyati śivasvabhāvaṃ viśrāntikumbhaṃ paśyan samāviśati samastānantapramātṛviśrāntaṃ vastu paśyan pūrṇībhavati nartakīprekṣaṇavat tasyaiva nīlasya tadrūpaṃ pramātari yat viśrāntaṃ tathaiva svaprakāśasya vimarśasyodayāt iti pañcadaśātmakatvaṃ pṛthivyāḥ prabhṛti pradhānatattvaparyantam //
TantraS, 9, 51.0 kiṃca yasya yad yadā rūpaṃ sphuṭaṃ sthiram anubandhi tat jāgrat tasyaiva tadviparyayaḥ svapnaḥ yaḥ layākalasya bhogaḥ sarvāvedanaṃ suṣuptaṃ yo vijñānākalasya bhogaḥ bhogyābhinnīkaraṇaṃ turyaṃ mantrādīnāṃ sa bhogaḥ bhāvānāṃ śivābhedas turyātītaṃ sarvātītam //
TantraS, 10, 2.0 kalādyadhvā tu nirūpyate tatra yathā bhuvaneṣu anugāmi kiṃcid rūpaṃ tattvam ity uktam tathā tattveṣu vargaśo yat anugāmi rūpaṃ tat kalā ekarūpakalanāsahiṣṇutvāt //
TantraS, 10, 10.0 svatantraṃ tu paraṃ tattvaṃ tatrāpi yat aprameyaṃ tat kalātītam //
TantraS, 10, 15.0tad yadā upadiśyate bhāvyate vā yat tatpratiṣṭhāpadam tat saptatriṃśam tasminn api bhāvyamāne aṣṭātriṃśam na ca anavasthā tasya bhāvyamānasya anavacchinnasvātantryayogino vedyīkaraṇe saptatriṃśa eva paryavasānāt ṣaṭtriṃśaṃ tu sarvatattvottīrṇatayā saṃbhāvyāvacchedam iti pañcakalāvidhiḥ //
TantraS, 10, 15.0 tad yadā upadiśyate bhāvyate vā yat tatpratiṣṭhāpadam tat saptatriṃśam tasminn api bhāvyamāne aṣṭātriṃśam na ca anavasthā tasya bhāvyamānasya anavacchinnasvātantryayogino vedyīkaraṇe saptatriṃśa eva paryavasānāt ṣaṭtriṃśaṃ tu sarvatattvottīrṇatayā saṃbhāvyāvacchedam iti pañcakalāvidhiḥ //
TantraS, 10, 15.0 tad yadā upadiśyate bhāvyate vā yat tatpratiṣṭhāpadam tat saptatriṃśam tasminn api bhāvyamāne aṣṭātriṃśam na ca anavasthā tasya bhāvyamānasya anavacchinnasvātantryayogino vedyīkaraṇe saptatriṃśa eva paryavasānāt ṣaṭtriṃśaṃ tu sarvatattvottīrṇatayā saṃbhāvyāvacchedam iti pañcakalāvidhiḥ //
TantraS, 11, 1.0 tatra yāvat idam uktam tat sākṣāt kasyacit apavargāptaye yathoktasaṃgrahanītyā bhavati kasyacit vakṣyamāṇadīkṣāyām upayogagamanāt iti dīkṣādikaṃ vaktavyam //
TantraS, 12, 7.0 vīroddeśena tu viśeṣaḥ tad yathā raṇareṇuḥ vīrāmbhaḥ mahāmarut vīrabhasma śmaśānanabhaḥ tadupahitau candrārkau ātmā nirvikalpakaḥ //
TantraS, Trayodaśam āhnikam, 1.0 atha prasannahṛdayo yāgasthānaṃ yāyāt tac ca yatraiva hṛdayaṃ prasādayuktaṃ parameśvarasamāveśayogyaṃ bhavati tad eva na tu asya anyal lakṣaṇam uktāv api dhyeyatādātmyam eva kāraṇam tad api bhāvaprasādād eva iti nānyat sthānam //
TantraS, Trayodaśam āhnikam, 1.0 atha prasannahṛdayo yāgasthānaṃ yāyāt tac ca yatraiva hṛdayaṃ prasādayuktaṃ parameśvarasamāveśayogyaṃ bhavati tad eva na tu asya anyal lakṣaṇam uktāv api dhyeyatādātmyam eva kāraṇam tad api bhāvaprasādād eva iti nānyat sthānam //
TantraS, Trayodaśam āhnikam, 1.0 atha prasannahṛdayo yāgasthānaṃ yāyāt tac ca yatraiva hṛdayaṃ prasādayuktaṃ parameśvarasamāveśayogyaṃ bhavati tad eva na tu asya anyal lakṣaṇam uktāv api dhyeyatādātmyam eva kāraṇam tad api bhāvaprasādād eva iti nānyat sthānam //
TantraS, 21, 3.0 tatra saṃvinmātramaye viśvasmin saṃvidi ca vimarśātmikāyāṃ vimarśasya ca śabdanātmakatāyāṃ siddhāyāṃ sakalajaganniṣṭhavastunaḥ tadgatasya ca karmaphalasambandhavaicitryasya yat vimarśanaṃ tad eva śāstram iti parameśvarasvabhāvābhinna eva samastaḥ śāstrasaṃdarbho vastuta ekaphalaprāpakaḥ ekādhikāryuddeśenaiva tatra tu parameśvaraniyatiśaktimahimnaiva bhāge bhāge rūḍhiḥ lokānām iti //
VNSūtraV zu VNSūtra, 6.1, 3.0 athavā bhāvikaṃ ghaṭākāraṃ bāhyaṃ grāhyaviṣayarūpaṃ bhautikaṃ punar āntaram indriyātmakaṃ grahaṇarūpaṃ śūnyaṃ tad ubhayamadhyam ākāśam //
VNSūtraV zu VNSūtra, 8.1, 5.0 payodharas tu payaḥ samastāpyāyakatvāt sarvāśrayasaṃvitsvarūpaṃ tad eva dhārayati sthitipraroham avalambayati yaḥ spanda ādyonmeṣa eva sarvapadārthāvabhāsanāt sthitirūpaḥ //
VNSūtraV zu VNSūtra, 13.1, 13.0 tatraivam akathanaṃ vākprapañcottīrṇam akathanam eva kathanaṃ saṃkramaṇakrameṇa nirniketasvarūpāvadhānaṃ tad eva balam akṛtakasphārasāram //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 31.2, 2.0 atra kecidbharadvājātreyayoraikyaṃ manyante tanna bharadvājasaṃjñayā ātreyasya kvacid api tantrapradeśe 'kīrtanāt hārīte cātreyādigurutayā bharadvāja uktaḥ śakrād aham adhītavān ityādinā mattaḥ punarasaṃkhyeyās trisūtraṃ triprayojanam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 31.2, 6.0 so 'śvinau tau sahasrākṣaṃ so 'triputrādikān munīn vā ityanenātreyasyendraśiṣyatvaṃ tadāyurvedasamutthānīyarasāyanapāde ādiśabdena vakṣyamāṇendraśiṣyatāyogāt samarthanīyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 1, 43.2, 5.0 yaditi yasmāt evamuktaṃ bhavati yadanye ṛgvedādayaḥ prāyaḥ paralokahitamevārthaṃ vadanti tena puṇyāḥ puṇyatamaścāyamāyurvedo yad yasmānmanuṣyāṇāmubhayorapi lokayor yaddhitam āyurārogyasādhanaṃ dharmasādhanaṃ ca tadvakṣyate tenātiśayena puṇyatamastathā vedavidāṃ ca pūjita iti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 6, 2, 1.0 mātrāśitīye mātrāvadāhārasya balādihetutvaṃ pratipāditaṃ tacca ṛtusātmyamapekṣya kṛtasyāhārasya bhavati tena ṛtupravibhāgapūrvakam ṛtusātmyābhidhāyakaṃ tasyāśitīyaṃ brūte //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 6, 5.2, 16.0 anye tu bruvate saṃvatsarasyāyanadvayasya ca ṛtumelakarūpatvād ṛtugrahaṇe naiva grahaṇaṃ labdhaṃ tena kālagrahaṇaviśeṣaṇaṃ tena kālarūpaḥ ṛturiti strīṇāmevārtavadarśanaṃ yadṛtustadvyāvartyate //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 6, 7, 8.0 atra ca pṛthivyagnibhūyiṣṭhatvādamlaḥ salilāgnibhūyiṣṭhatvāllavaṇa ityuktaṃ tat kathaṃ saumye visarge tayoścāgneyayorutpāda iti na vācyam yato balaprakarṣavato 'rkasya kṣīyamāṇabalasyāpi viṣuvaparyantaṃ balavattvamastyeveti vyutpāditameva //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 12, 8.5, 5.0 tantraṃ śarīraṃ yad uktaṃ tantrayantreṣu bhinneṣu tamo'ntyaṃ pravivikṣatām iti tadeva yantraṃ yadi vā tantrasya yantraṃ saṃdhayaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 12, 8.5, 10.0 abhivoḍhevābhivoḍhā sarvendriyārthagrāhakatvena taccāsya vāyumayena sparśanendriyeṇa sarvendriyāṇāṃ vyāpakatvāt pūrvādhyāyapratipāditena nyāyena boddhavyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 12, 8.5, 37.1 vāyur iha devatārūpo'bhipretaḥ tena tasya bhūtalacaturyugāntakarānilakaraṇam aviruddham evaṃ yadanyad apy anupapadyamānaṃ vāyos tadapi devatārūpatvenaiva samādheyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 9.3, 11.0 tatra prakṛtivaśā yathā mudgāḥ kaṣāyā madhurāśca santaḥ prakṛtyā laghavaḥ etaddhi lāghavaṃ na rasavaśaṃ tathāhi sati kaṣāyamadhuratvād gurutvaṃ syāt vikṛtivaśaṃ ca vrīher lājānāṃ laghutvaṃ tathā saktusiddhapiṇḍakānāṃ ca gurutvaṃ vicāraṇā vicāro dravyāntarasaṃyoga ityarthaḥ tena vicāraṇāvaśaṃ yathā madhusarpiṣī saṃyukte viṣaṃ tathā viṣaṃ cāgadasaṃyuktaṃ svakāryavyatiriktakāryakāri deśo dvividho bhūmir āturaśca tatra bhūmau śvetakāpotī valmīkādhirūḍhā viṣaharī tathā himavati bheṣajāni mahāguṇāni bhavanti śarīradeśe yathā sakthimāṃsād gurutaraṃ skandhakroḍaśiraspadām ityādi kālavaśaṃ tu yathā mūlakamadhikṛtyoktaṃ tadbālaṃ doṣaharaṃ vṛddhaṃ tridoṣaṃ tathā yathartupuṣpaphalam ādadīta ityādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 9.3, 19.0 hetvantaram āha dravyaṃ tadanekarasotpannam iti anekarasebhyo muṣkakāpāmārgādibhya utpannam anekarasotpannaṃ yataś cānekarasotpannam ata evānekarasaṃ kāraṇaguṇānuvidhāyitvāt kāryaguṇasyeti bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 9.3, 43.0 nanu maivaṃ bhavatv aparisaṃkhyeyatvaṃ rasānāṃ parasparasaṃyogāt tu ya āsvādaviśeṣaḥ sa kāryaviśeṣakaro 'pi na hi yanmadhurāmlena kriyate tanmadhureṇa vāmlena vā śakyam atastena parasparasaṃyogenāparisaṃkhyeyatvaṃ bhaviṣyatītyāha parasparetyādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 9.3, 50.0 na kevalam anyaśāstrakārai rasānāṃ saṃsṛṣṭānāṃ karma nopadiṣṭaṃ kiṃtu vayamapi nopadekṣyāma ityāha taccaivetyādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 9.3, 53.0 tatra lakṣyate yena tallakṣaṇam atastu madhuro rasaḥ ityādinā granthena tathā snehanaprīṇanahlādana ityādinā ca yadvācyaṃ tat sarvaṃ gṛhyate //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 9.3, 53.0 tatra lakṣyate yena tallakṣaṇam atastu madhuro rasaḥ ityādinā granthena tathā snehanaprīṇanahlādana ityādinā ca yadvācyaṃ tat sarvaṃ gṛhyate //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 9.3, 54.0 kiṃvā lakṣaṇaśabdena madhuro rasa ityādigranthavācyaṃ lakṣaṇam ucyate pṛthaktvaṃ ca rasabhedajñānārthaṃ yad vakṣyati snehanaprīṇana ityādi tad gṛhyate //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 11, 9.0 atrākāśabāhulyaṃ dravyasya pṛthivyādibhūtāntarālpatvena bhūrivyaktākāśatvena ca jñeyaṃ yadeva bhūriśuṣiraṃ tannābhasaṃ kiṃvā ākāśaguṇabahulatvena nābhasaṃ dravyam ityucyate //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 12, 1.0 aneneti pratiniyatadravyaguṇopadeśena yat pārthivādi dravyaṃ yadguṇaṃ tadguṇe dehe saṃpādye tad bheṣajaṃ bhavatītyarthaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 12, 2.0tacca pārthivādi dravyaṃ na sarvathā na ca sarvasmin vyādhau bheṣajamityāha tāṃ tāṃ yuktim ityādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 12, 4.0 tena yaducyate vairodhikānāṃ sarvadāpathyatvena nānauṣadhaṃ dravyam iti vaco virodhi tanna bhavati vairodhikāni hi saṃyogasaṃskāradeśakālādyapekṣāṇi bhavanti vairodhikasaṃyogādyabhāve tu pathyānyapi kvacit syuḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 12, 6.0 yattu tṛṇapāṃśuprabhṛtīni nopayujyante ato na tāni bheṣajānītyucyate tanna teṣāmapi bheṣajasvedādyupāyatvena bheṣajatvāt //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 27.2, 5.0 kiṃvā rasavikalpāc ca tathā doṣavikalpāc ca hetvādijñānaṃ pṛthageva vaktavyaṃ rasabhedāddhi tatkāryaṃ liṅgamapi jñāyate hetubheṣajavijñānaṃ tu //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 45.2, 4.0 tatra yadrasato madhuraṃ tad vīryataḥ śītamiti vaktavye yad rasapākayor iti karoti tan madhurarasocitapākasyaiva madhuradravyasya śītavīryatāprāptyartham evam amlakaṭukayor api vācyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 45.2, 4.0 tatra yadrasato madhuraṃ tad vīryataḥ śītamiti vaktavye yad rasapākayor iti karoti tan madhurarasocitapākasyaiva madhuradravyasya śītavīryatāprāptyartham evam amlakaṭukayor api vācyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 63.2, 10.0 pratirasapāke tathānavasthitapāke ca dravyaṃ rasaguṇenaiva tulyaṃ pākāvasthāyāmapi bhavati tena na kaścidviśeṣo vipākena tatra bodhyata iti suśrutena tatpakṣadvayam upekṣitamiti sādhu kṛtam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 63.2, 11.0 tṛtīyāmlapākanirāsastu doṣam āvahati yato vrīhikulatthādīnām amlapākatayā pittakartṛtvamupalabhyate atha manyase vrīhyāder uṣṇavīryatvena tatra pittakartṛtvaṃ tanna madhurasya vrīhestanmate madhuravipākasyoṣṇavīryatāyām api satyāṃ na pittakartṛtvamupapadyate rasavipākābhyām ekasya vīryasya bādhanīyatvāt //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 63.2, 12.0 kiṃca amlapākatvād vrīhyādeḥ pittamamlaguṇamutpadyate yadi tu tad uṣṇavīryatākṛtaṃ syāttadā kaṭuguṇabhūyiṣṭhaṃ pittaṃ syāt dṛśyate ca vrīhibhakṣaṇād amlodgārādināmlaguṇabhūyiṣṭhataiveti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 63.2, 14.0 athavā tantrakārayoḥ kim anayor anena vacanamātravirodhena kartavyaṃ yato yadamlapākaṃ carako brūte tatsuśrutena vīryoṣṇam iti kṛtvā samādhīyate tena na kaścid dravyaguṇe virodhaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 63.2, 16.0 nanu lavaṇasya madhurapākitve pittaraktādikartṛtvam anupapannaṃ tathā tiktakaṣāyayoḥ kaṭupākitve pittahantṛtvamanupapannaṃ naivaṃ satyapi lavaṇasya madhurapākitve tatra lavaṇarasa uṣṇaṃ ca vīryaṃ yadasti tena tat pittaraktādikārakaṃ vipākastu tatra pittaraktaharaṇalakṣaṇe kārye bādhitaḥ san sṛṣṭaviṇmūtra ityādinā lakṣaṇena lakṣyata eva //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 63.2, 17.0 etena yaducyate lavaṇe madhuro vipākaścedrasavīryābhyāṃ bādhitaḥ san svakāryakaro na bhavati tatkiṃ tenopadiṣṭeneti tannirastaṃ bhavati //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 26, 63.2, 17.0 etena yaducyate lavaṇe madhuro vipākaścedrasavīryābhyāṃ bādhitaḥ san svakāryakaro na bhavati tatkiṃ tenopadiṣṭeneti tannirastaṃ bhavati //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 4.2, 3.0 dravyaṃ tu tattathā vācyamanuktamiha yad bhavet tathā caraḥ śarīrāvayavāḥ ityādi kiṃvā vidhiśabdo 'śitapītalīḍhakhāditaprakāravācī tena cāśitādayaḥ sarva evākhilena vācyaḥ tatkāraṇabhūtāni tu dravyāṇi raktaśālyādīnyekadeśenoktāni ato vakṣyati annapānaikadeśo'yamuktaḥ iti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 4.2, 6.0tad ityudāharaṇaṃ kiṃvā sa svabhāvo yasya sa tatsvabhāvaḥ tasmāt kledanasvabhāvād ityarthaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 4.2, 8.0 iha jalalavaṇādīnāṃ yat karmocyate tatteṣāmitarakarmabhyaḥ pradhānaṃ jñeyam agryādhikāre tu tatkarmakartṛdravyāntarapraśastatā jñeyā //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 18.2, 2.0 koradūṣaḥ kodravaḥ koradūṣasya kevalasya śleṣmapittaghnatvaṃ tena yaduktaṃ raktapittanidāne yadā janturyavakoddālakakoradūṣaprāyāṇy annāni bhuṅkte ityādinā pittakartṛtvaṃ koradūṣasya tat tatraivoktaniṣpāvakāñjikādiyuktasya saṃyogamahimnā boddhavyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 22.2, 2.0 yattu vasante kaphapradhāne yavagodhūmabhojanaḥ ityuktaṃ tat purāṇagodhūmābhiprāyeṇa purāṇaśca godhūmaḥ kaphaṃ na karotītyuktam eva prāyaḥ śleṣmalaṃ madhuram ityādinā granthenātraivādhyāye //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 34.2, 3.0 vṛṣya ityādimāṣaguṇe snigdhoṣṇamadhuratvādiguṇayogādeva vātaharatve labdhe punastadabhidhānaṃ viśeṣavātahantṛtvapratipādanārtham evamanyatrāpyevaṃjātīye vyākhyeyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 34.2, 6.0 srutivṛddhikaraṃ kiṃcittrividhaṃ vṛṣyamucyate iti tadevaṃ sampūrṇavṛṣyatvaṃ māṣe boddhavyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 165.2, 31.0 dāḍimaguṇe kaphapittāvirodhīti amladāḍimaṃ pittāvirodhi madhuraṃ tu kaphāvirodhi evaṃ ca tridoṣaharatvamasyopapannaṃ yad uktaṃ suśrute dvividhaṃ tattu vijñeyaṃ madhuraṃ cāmlameva ca //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 177.2, 6.0 vṛddhaṃ tridoṣamiti tadevapravṛddham enāmeva mūlakāvasthām abhipretya coktaṃ mūlakaṃ kandānāmapathyatve prakṛṣṭatamam iti mārutāpahaṃ snigdhasiddhamiti sāmānyena bālaṃ vṛddhaṃ ca //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 27, 177.2, 22.0 śuṣkāṇītyādinā yadyapi śuṣkāṇām api śuṇṭhīprabhṛtīnāṃ guṇa ukto bhavati tathāpi viśeṣaguṇāntarakathanārthaṃ punastadabhidhānam āhārasaṃyogivarge bhaviṣyatīti na paunaruktyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 2, 1.0 pūrvādhyāye annaṃ prāṇāḥ ityuktaṃ tadyena prakāreṇānnaṃ prāṇahetur bhavati tadabhidhānārthaṃ vividhāśitapītīyo 'bhidhīyate //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 3.2, 10.0 yathā kālo nityagatvenānavasthitaḥ tathānavasthitaḥ aviśrāntaḥ sarvadhātūnāṃ pāko yasmin śarīre tattathā etena sarvadā svāgnipākakṣīyamāṇadhātoḥ śarīrasyāśitādinopacayādiyojanam upapannamiti darśayati yadi hi pākakṣīyamāṇaṃ śarīraṃ na syāttadā svataḥ siddhe upacayādau kimaśitādi kuryād iti bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 3.2, 12.0 tathā anavasthitasarvadhātupākamityetadapi aśitādiviśeṣaṇaṃ tena anavasthitaḥ sarvadhātuṣu pāko yasyāśitādestattathā etena kvacidapi dhātau sthagitasyāśitāde rasarūpasya pākavigamanān nopacayādir bhavatīti darśayati //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 3.2, 16.0 nanu śarīradhātūnāṃ prakṛtisthitānāṃ svata evopacayādyasti tat kimaśitādinā kriyata ityāha dhātavo hītyādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 4.7, 24.0 yacca raktaṃ vibaddhamārgatvān māṃsādīnna prapadyate iti rājayakṣmaṇi vakṣyati taddhṛdayacāriśoṇitābhiprāyeṇa na tu poṣakaśoṇitābhiprāyeṇa //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 4.7, 28.0 kedārīkulyānyāyas tu tulyabala eva khalekapotanyāyena yato yad uktaṃ vṛṣyaprabhāvaṃ prati tat kedārīkulyāpakṣe'pi prabhāvādeva śīghraṃ raktādidhātūnabhigamya śukraṃ janayiṣyati vṛṣyaṃ yathā khalekapotapakṣe'pi prabhavāditi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 4.7, 29.1 yattu rasaduṣṭau śoṇitadūṣaṇaṃ tanna bhavati dhātubhūtaśoṇitāṃśapoṣakasya rasabhāgasyāduṣṭatvāt iti samānaṃ pūrveṇa //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 4.7, 34.0 atra yadyapyojaḥ saptadhātusārarūpaṃ tena dhātugrahaṇenaiva labhyate tathāpi prāṇadhāraṇakartṛtvena pṛthak paṭhitaṃ ye tu śukrajanyamoja icchanti teṣāmaṣṭamo dhāturojaḥ syāditi pakṣe cātideśaṃ kṛtvā vakṣyati rasādīnāṃ śukrāntānāṃ yat paraṃ tejaḥ tat khalvojaḥ iti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 5.5, 1.0 ayanāni ca tāni mukhāni cetyayanamukhāni atra āyāntyanenetyayanāni mārgāṇi mukhāni tu yaiḥ praviśanti etena malānāṃ dhātūnāṃ ca yadevāyanaṃ tadeva praveśamukhamiti nānyena praveśo nānyena ca gamanam ityuktaṃ bhavati //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 5.5, 4.0 tāni ca srotāṃsi malaprasādapūritāni dhātūn yathāsvamiti yadyasya poṣyaṃ tacca tat pūrayati //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 7.9, 5.0 kāraṇata iti nimittāntarāt pratibandhāt tacca kāraṇaṃ tadeva hy apathyam ityādivakṣyamāṇagranthaviparītaṃ boddhavyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 7.9, 5.0 kāraṇata iti nimittāntarāt pratibandhāt tacca kāraṇaṃ tadeva hy apathyam ityādivakṣyamāṇagranthaviparītaṃ boddhavyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 7.9, 17.0 viruddhopakramo yathā pittaṃ mehārambhakaṃ vacanaṃ hi pittamehāḥ sarva eva yāpyāḥ viruddhopakramatvāt iti viruddhatā copakramasyātra yat pittaharaṃ madhurādi tanmehapradhānadūṣyamedaso viruddhaṃ medo'nuguṇaṃ tu kaṭvādi pitte viruddham iti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 7.9, 22.0 marmaghātitvenaiva marmaviśeṣaprāṇāyatanasamutthatve labdhe punastadvacanaṃ prāṇāyatanamarmāśrayiṇo viśeṣeṇa kaṣṭatvapratipādanārtham //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 13.2, 1.0 raktapradoṣajeṣu kuṣṭhagrahaṇādeva dadrvādilābhe siddhe punastadvacanaṃ viśeṣaprādurbhāvapradarśanārtham //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 28, 44.2, 1.0 nanu pathyasevāyāṃ kriyamāṇāyām api balavatprāktanādharmavaśādapi vyādhayo bhavanti tat kim anena pathyasevanenetyāha parihāryāṇītyādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Sū., 30, 12.1, 8.0 etena garbhāvasthātraye'pi tad ojas tiṣṭhatītyucyate paraṃ garbhādau śukraśoṇitasārarūpatayā kalalāvasthāyāṃ tu rasasārarūpatayā avayavaniṣpattau tu svalakṣaṇayuktam eva bhavatyoja ityojasaḥ sarvāvasthāvyāpakatvena mahattvam ucyate //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Nid., 1, 7, 2.0 kāraṇaṃ ca vyādhīnāṃ saṃnikṛṣṭaṃ vātādi viprakṛṣṭaṃ cārthānāmayogādi punarviprakṛṣṭaṃ kāraṇaṃ raktapittasya jvarasaṃtāpa ityādi punaśca vyādhīnāṃ sāmānyena viprakṛṣṭaṃ kāraṇamuktaṃ yathā prāgapi cādharmādṛte na rogotpattirabhūt ityādi tadetat sarvamapi kāraṇaśabdena grāhyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Vim., 1, 2, 4.0 viśeṣeṇa mīyate jñāyate doṣabheṣajādy aneneti vimānaṃ doṣabheṣajādīnāṃ prabhāvādiviśeṣa ityarthaḥ evaṃbhūtaṃvimānam abhidheyatayā yatra tiṣṭhati tad vimānasthānam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Vim., 1, 7.2, 4.0 rasānāṃ tu yathā upācārādguṇā bhavanti tadabhihitaṃ guṇāguṇāśrayā noktāḥ ityādinā sūtre //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Vim., 1, 10.2, 20.0tadevaṃ dūṣaṇadarśanād anyathā vyākhyāyate yad dvividho melako bhavati rasānāṃ doṣāṇāṃ ca prakṛtyanuguṇaḥ prakṛtyananuguṇaśca tatra yo militānāṃ prākṛtaguṇānupamardena melako bhavati sa prakṛtisamasamavāyaśabdenocyate yastu prākṛtaguṇopamardena bhavati sa vikṛtiviṣamasamavāyo 'bhidhīyate vikṛtyā hetubhūtayā viṣamaḥ prakṛtyananuguṇaḥ samavāyo vikṛtiviṣamasamavāya ityarthaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Vim., 1, 11, 10.0 yatra vārtāke kaṭutiktatvena vātakaratvaṃ prāptamapi ca vikṛtiviṣamasamavāyāttanna bhavati tatrācāryeṇa vārtākaṃ vātaghnam ityuktam eva //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Vim., 1, 11, 12.0 yattu prakṛtisamasamavāyakṛtarasadoṣaguṇadvārā prāptamapi dravyaguṇaṃ vikāralakṣaṇaṃ ca brūte tat prakarṣārthaṃ spaṣṭārthaṃ ceti jñeyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Vim., 1, 12, 3.0 yattu pūrvaṃ tatrādau rasadravyadoṣavikāraprabhāvān upadekṣyāmaḥ ityanena rasādiprabhāvavyākhyānapratijñānaṃ kṛtaṃ tattu rasaprabhāvānumānenaiva dravyaprabhāvakathanāt tathā doṣaprabhāveṇa ca vikāraprabhāvakathanāc caritārthaṃ syāt //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Vim., 1, 14.4, 4.0 nanu viruddhaguṇayor madhye bhūyasālpaṃ jīyate tat kathaṃ tailaṃ vātaṃ jayati na hy asya vātaṃ prati bhūyastvaṃ yuktamityāha satatam abhyasyamānam iti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Vim., 1, 22.4, 2.0tacca prākṛtaguṇopamardenaiva kriyate yathā toyāgnisaṃnikarṣaśaucais taṇḍulasthaṃ gauravam upahatya lāghavam anne kriyate //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Vim., 1, 22.4, 13.0 tena jātipratibaddhaṃ māṣādīnāṃ gurutvaṃ na tajjātau sphoṭayituṃ pāryate saṃskāreṇa tu tadanyathākaraṇamanumatameva dṛṣṭatvāt //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Vim., 1, 22.4, 13.0 tena jātipratibaddhaṃ māṣādīnāṃ gurutvaṃ na tajjātau sphoṭayituṃ pāryate saṃskāreṇa tu tadanyathākaraṇamanumatameva dṛṣṭatvāt //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Vim., 1, 24, 5.0 prakṛtyaiveti svabhāvenaiva hitatamaṃ hitatamam ityuktaṃ tena yat prakṛtyā hitaṃ tat kadācideva kaṃcideva puruṣam āsādyāhitaṃ bhavati tacca kādācitkatvād anādṛtaṃ tena prāyikatvādenaṃ hitatamaṃ vakṣyāma iti bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Vim., 1, 24, 5.0 prakṛtyaiveti svabhāvenaiva hitatamaṃ hitatamam ityuktaṃ tena yat prakṛtyā hitaṃ tat kadācideva kaṃcideva puruṣam āsādyāhitaṃ bhavati tacca kādācitkatvād anādṛtaṃ tena prāyikatvādenaṃ hitatamaṃ vakṣyāma iti bhāvaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Vim., 1, 29, 1.0 doṣavikārau ca yadyapi trividhakukṣīye prabhāvavistāreṇa vaktavyau tathāpīha saṃkṣepeṇoktāv eva tena doṣavikāraprabhāvāv apyuktāv iti yaducyate saṃgrahe tat sādhu //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Vim., 8, 7.2, 13.0 dṛṣṭādṛṣṭasaṃpattyādhyayanakālavarjanaṃ vedādhyayane niṣiddhamevātrāpi tajjñeyamiti na viśeṣeṇoktam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 19.2, 5.0tacca kāraṇaṃ manorūpaṃ yadyātmavadyugapat sarvendriyavyāpakaṃ svīkriyate kiṃvā anekasaṃkhyam indriyavat svīkriyate tadā punarapi yugapad indriyārthasaṃbandhe pañcabhir jñānair bhavitavyaṃ vibhunā vā manasā anekair vā manobhir yugapad adhiṣṭhitatvād indriyāṇāṃ na ca bhavanti yugapajjñānāni tasmādyugapajjñānānudayāl liṅgānmano'ṇurūpamekaṃ ca sidhyatītyāha aṇutvamityādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 23.2, 9.0 buddhipūrvakamityanena yadeva buddhipūrvakam anuṣṭhānaṃ tad evaivaṃvidhaṃ bhavati nonmattādyanuṣṭhānamiti darśayati //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 24.2, 5.0 yadyapi ca sāṃkhye āhaṃkārikāṇīndriyāṇi yaduktaṃ sāttvika ekādaśakaḥ pravartate vaikṛtād ahaṃkārād iti tathāpi matabhedādbhautikatvam indriyāṇāṃ jñeyaṃ kiṃvā aupacārikam etadbhautikatvam indriyāṇāṃ jñeyam upacārabījaṃ ca yad guṇabhūyiṣṭhaṃ yad indriyaṃ gṛhṇāti tattadbhūyiṣṭham ityucyate cakṣustejo gṛhṇāti tena taijasam ucyate ityādi jñeyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 24.2, 5.0 yadyapi ca sāṃkhye āhaṃkārikāṇīndriyāṇi yaduktaṃ sāttvika ekādaśakaḥ pravartate vaikṛtād ahaṃkārād iti tathāpi matabhedādbhautikatvam indriyāṇāṃ jñeyaṃ kiṃvā aupacārikam etadbhautikatvam indriyāṇāṃ jñeyam upacārabījaṃ ca yad guṇabhūyiṣṭhaṃ yad indriyaṃ gṛhṇāti tattadbhūyiṣṭham ityucyate cakṣustejo gṛhṇāti tena taijasam ucyate ityādi jñeyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 30.2, 7.0 yad indriyaṃ yadgṛhṇāti tattasyābhāvamapi gṛhṇāti tena ākāśasyāsparśatvam api sparśanendriyagrāhyam iti yuktam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 30.2, 8.0 dravatvaṃ calatvaṃ ca sāṃkhyamate sparśanagrāhyatvāt sthūlabhūtavātadharmaḥ sparśa eva yaddhi sparśanena gṛhyate tat sarvaṃ mahābhūtavātapariṇāma eva //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 76.2, 6.0 cetanena hyātmanādhiṣṭhitaṃ manaḥ kriyāsu pravartate cetanānadhiṣṭhitaṃ tu manaḥ kriyāsu na pravartate tena yatkṛtā sā kriyā sa eva kriyāvāniti vyapadeṣṭuṃ yujyate natvacetanaṃ manaḥ tat parādhīnakriyatvena paramārthataḥ kriyāvad api kartṛtvena nocyata iti vākyārthaḥ nocyate iti kartṛ iti śeṣaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 82.2, 3.0 nanu yadi kṣetraparaṃparāpyanādis tadā tasyātmavad ucchedo na prāpnoti yadanādi tannityaṃ bhavati yathātmeti dṛṣṭaṃ brūmaḥ anāditve'pi yat svarūpenaivānādi tannocchidyate yathātmā yattu ucchittidharmakaṃ buddhyādi taducchidyata eva saṃtānastu paramārthataḥ saṃtānibhyo 'tirikto nāstyeva yadanādiḥ syāt tena saṃtānasyānāditvaṃ bhāktameva //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 82.2, 3.0 nanu yadi kṣetraparaṃparāpyanādis tadā tasyātmavad ucchedo na prāpnoti yadanādi tannityaṃ bhavati yathātmeti dṛṣṭaṃ brūmaḥ anāditve'pi yat svarūpenaivānādi tannocchidyate yathātmā yattu ucchittidharmakaṃ buddhyādi taducchidyata eva saṃtānastu paramārthataḥ saṃtānibhyo 'tirikto nāstyeva yadanādiḥ syāt tena saṃtānasyānāditvaṃ bhāktameva //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 82.2, 3.0 nanu yadi kṣetraparaṃparāpyanādis tadā tasyātmavad ucchedo na prāpnoti yadanādi tannityaṃ bhavati yathātmeti dṛṣṭaṃ brūmaḥ anāditve'pi yat svarūpenaivānādi tannocchidyate yathātmā yattu ucchittidharmakaṃ buddhyādi taducchidyata eva saṃtānastu paramārthataḥ saṃtānibhyo 'tirikto nāstyeva yadanādiḥ syāt tena saṃtānasyānāditvaṃ bhāktameva //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 101.2, 4.0 tatra ca tattvajñānasya śiṣṭānāṃ smartavyatvena saṃmatasya yadasmaraṇaṃ tat smṛtyaparādhādbhavatītyarthaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 108.2, 5.0 vinayācāralopenaiva prāptamapi yat punaḥ pūjyānāmabhidharṣaṇādyabhidhīyate tad viśeṣeṇa prakopakatvakhyāpanārthamudāharaṇārthaṃ ca //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 109.2, 4.0 manaso gocaraṃ hi taditi tadviṣamapravartanaṃ viṣamajñānaṃ ca manaḥkāryaprajñāviṣayatvena manaso gocaramityarthaḥ //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Śār., 1, 127.2, 3.0 ātmatām avikṛtarūpatāṃ na yāti etena yad upayuktaṃ prākṛtarūpopaghātakaṃ bhavati tadasātmyam iti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Indr., 1, 7.6, 7.0 yadvā āyuḥkṣayarūpaṃ yannimittaṃ tadvidyamānamapi nānyairupalabhyate kiṃtu tadeva hi riṣṭādunnīyate tena avyaktanimittatvam ihānimittatvaṃ jñeyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Indr., 1, 7.6, 7.0 yadvā āyuḥkṣayarūpaṃ yannimittaṃ tadvidyamānamapi nānyairupalabhyate kiṃtu tadeva hi riṣṭādunnīyate tena avyaktanimittatvam ihānimittatvaṃ jñeyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Indr., 1, 7.6, 10.0 cihnaṃ kurvanti yaddoṣās tadariṣṭaṃ pracakṣate iti taddūtādigatariṣṭāvyāpakatayā puruṣāśrayiriṣṭamātrābhiprāyeṇa jñeyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 1, 2, 4.0 tayorapi ca rasāyanameva varṣasahasrāyuṣṭvādikāraṇatayā mahāphalam iti tad abhidhīyate tatrāpi cābhayāmalakīyaś cikitsāsthānārthasūtrābhidhāyakatayāgre 'bhidhīyate //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 1, 6.2, 3.0 yadvṛṣyaṃ prāyo bhavati tathā rasāyanaṃ yat prāyo bhavati ārtasya rogaharaṃ yadbāhulyena tat svasthorjaskaram ucyate yattu dvitīyam ārtarogaharaṃ tat prāyeṇa jvarādiśamanaṃ rasāyanaṃ vājīkaraṇaṃ ca bhavati yathākṣatakṣīṇoktaṃ sarpirguḍādi rasāyanaṃ vṛṣyaṃ ca bhavati tathā pāṇḍurogokto yogarājo rasāyanatvenoktaḥ tathā kāsādhikāre 'gastyaharītakī rasāyanatvenoktetyādy anusaraṇīyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 1, 6.2, 3.0 yadvṛṣyaṃ prāyo bhavati tathā rasāyanaṃ yat prāyo bhavati ārtasya rogaharaṃ yadbāhulyena tat svasthorjaskaram ucyate yattu dvitīyam ārtarogaharaṃ tat prāyeṇa jvarādiśamanaṃ rasāyanaṃ vājīkaraṇaṃ ca bhavati yathākṣatakṣīṇoktaṃ sarpirguḍādi rasāyanaṃ vṛṣyaṃ ca bhavati tathā pāṇḍurogokto yogarājo rasāyanatvenoktaḥ tathā kāsādhikāre 'gastyaharītakī rasāyanatvenoktetyādy anusaraṇīyam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 1, 6.2, 5.0 anye tu bruvate yad vyādhimātraharaṃ na tad rasāyanaṃ kiṃtu śarīrasaṃyogadārḍhyād dīrghāyuḥkartṛtvasādhāraṇadharmayogād upacaritavyādhiharaṃ rasāyanam ihocyata iti //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 1, 6.2, 6.0 nanu yadi svasthorjaskaramapi vyādhiharaṃ vyādhiharaṃ ca svasthorjaskaraṃ tatkiṃ kiṃciditi padena bheṣajakarmavyavasthādarśakena kriyate brūmaḥ bāhulyena svasthorjaskaratvaṃ vyādhiharatvaṃ ca vyavasthāpyate na ceha sarvārtarogaharasya svasthorjaskaratvamiti pratijñāyate yena pāṭhāsaptaparṇādīnām api rasāyanatvaṃ sādhanīyaśaktitvād ārtarogaharatvena yaducyate tadapi rasāyanaṃ vājīkaraṇaṃ ca bhavatīti lavamātropadarśanaṃ kriyate tat svasthārtayor ubhayārthakartṛtvam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 1, 6.2, 6.0 nanu yadi svasthorjaskaramapi vyādhiharaṃ vyādhiharaṃ ca svasthorjaskaraṃ tatkiṃ kiṃciditi padena bheṣajakarmavyavasthādarśakena kriyate brūmaḥ bāhulyena svasthorjaskaratvaṃ vyādhiharatvaṃ ca vyavasthāpyate na ceha sarvārtarogaharasya svasthorjaskaratvamiti pratijñāyate yena pāṭhāsaptaparṇādīnām api rasāyanatvaṃ sādhanīyaśaktitvād ārtarogaharatvena yaducyate tadapi rasāyanaṃ vājīkaraṇaṃ ca bhavatīti lavamātropadarśanaṃ kriyate tat svasthārtayor ubhayārthakartṛtvam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 1, 6.2, 6.0 nanu yadi svasthorjaskaramapi vyādhiharaṃ vyādhiharaṃ ca svasthorjaskaraṃ tatkiṃ kiṃciditi padena bheṣajakarmavyavasthādarśakena kriyate brūmaḥ bāhulyena svasthorjaskaratvaṃ vyādhiharatvaṃ ca vyavasthāpyate na ceha sarvārtarogaharasya svasthorjaskaratvamiti pratijñāyate yena pāṭhāsaptaparṇādīnām api rasāyanatvaṃ sādhanīyaśaktitvād ārtarogaharatvena yaducyate tadapi rasāyanaṃ vājīkaraṇaṃ ca bhavatīti lavamātropadarśanaṃ kriyate tat svasthārtayor ubhayārthakartṛtvam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 1, 14.2, 2.0 nanu rasāyanavājīkaraṇe api jvarādicikitsite eva tat kiṃ viśiṣyocyate vakṣyate taccikitsite ityāha cikitsitārtha ityādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 1, 14.2, 2.0 nanu rasāyanavājīkaraṇe api jvarādicikitsite eva tat kiṃ viśiṣyocyate vakṣyate taccikitsite ityāha cikitsitārtha ityādi //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 22, 8.2, 12.0 kaiścit tu liṅgānāṃ lāghavam āśūtpādaḥ sa ca apāyo maraṇam iti kṛtvā tṛṣṇānāmasādhyatālakṣaṇamidamucyate tannātimanoharam //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 22, 14.2, 2.0 śarīrasaṃkhyāśarīre pittamāpyam uktaṃ yad dravasarasnigdhamandamṛdupicchilaṃ rasarudhiravasākaphapittasvedādi tad āpyaṃ raso rasanaṃ ca ityanena tathā tatraiva yat pittasya yo yā ca śarīre bhāḥ tat sarvam āgneyam ityanena dvayātmakatvaṃ pittasya yadyapyuktaṃ tathāpyāgneyākāratvād bāhulyāt pittam āgneyam eveti darśayannāha pittaṃ matam āgneyam iti dvayātmakatve 'pi ca pittasyāgneyāṃśaprādhānyād anyatrāpi saumyāgneyavāyavyavikārabhede paittikavikārā āgneyatvena gṛhītā eva //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 22, 14.2, 2.0 śarīrasaṃkhyāśarīre pittamāpyam uktaṃ yad dravasarasnigdhamandamṛdupicchilaṃ rasarudhiravasākaphapittasvedādi tad āpyaṃ raso rasanaṃ ca ityanena tathā tatraiva yat pittasya yo yā ca śarīre bhāḥ tat sarvam āgneyam ityanena dvayātmakatvaṃ pittasya yadyapyuktaṃ tathāpyāgneyākāratvād bāhulyāt pittam āgneyam eveti darśayannāha pittaṃ matam āgneyam iti dvayātmakatve 'pi ca pittasyāgneyāṃśaprādhānyād anyatrāpi saumyāgneyavāyavyavikārabhede paittikavikārā āgneyatvena gṛhītā eva //
ĀVDīp zu Ca, Cik., 2, 1, 4.1, 12.0 vājīkaraṇasevayā ceha yuktayaiva ṛtukāle ca maithunaṃ prādhānyenābhipretaṃ tena tisraiṣaṇīye traya upastambhāḥ ityādigranthena brahmacaryaṃ yaduktaṃ tad ṛtukāle yathāvidhikṛtamaithunāpratiṣedhakam iti na virodhaḥ //
MuA zu RHT, 9, 2.2, 4.0 ca punaḥ tair gaganarasoparasalohacūrṇair aśuddhaiḥ śuddhivarjitaistadbījaṃ na śudhyate śuddhihīnaṃ syāt kāraṇānurūpaṃ kāryamitinyāyāt //
MuA zu RHT, 9, 10.2, 2.0 sakṣārāmlairvaikrāntakaṃ svinnaṃ dolābhidhānena sveditaṃ kuryāt tat svinnaṃ vaikrāntaṃ haṭhāt prābalyāt dhmātaṃ sat dravati sāraṃ muñcati drutamātraṃ satvanirgamamātrameva śudhyati pūrvasaṃbandhāt dravati //
MuA zu RHT, 10, 3.2, 3.0 kiṃviśiṣṭaṃ nāganāsikābhidhānaṃ nāgānāṃ phaṇināṃ nāsikā eva abhidhānaṃ saṃjñā yasya tat //
SDhPS, 1, 2.2tadyathā āyuṣmatā ca ājñātakauṇḍinyena āyuṣmatā ca aśvajitā āyuṣmatā ca bāṣpeṇa āyuṣmatā ca mahānāmnā āyuṣmatā ca bhadrikeṇa āyuṣmatā ca mahākāśyapena āyuṣmatā ca urubilvakāśyapena āyuṣmatā ca nadīkāśyapena āyuṣmatā ca gayākāśyapena āyuṣmatā ca śāriputreṇa āyuṣmatā ca mahāmaudgalyāyanena āyuṣmatā ca mahākātyāyanena āyuṣmatā ca aniruddhena āyuṣmatā ca revatena āyuṣmatā ca kapphinena āyuṣmatā ca gavāṃpatinā āyuṣmatā ca pilindavatsena āyuṣmatā ca bakkulena āyuṣmatā ca mahākauṣṭhilena āyuṣmatā ca bharadvājena āyuṣmatā ca mahānandena āyuṣmatā ca upanandena āyuṣmatā ca sundaranandena āyuṣmatā ca pūrṇamaitrāyaṇīputreṇa āyuṣmatā ca subhūtinā āyuṣmatā ca rāhulena /
SDhPS, 1, 2.8tad yathā mañjuśriyā ca kumārabhūtena bodhisattvena mahāsattvena avalokiteśvareṇa ca mahāsthāmaprāptena ca sarvārthanāmnā ca nityodyuktena ca anikṣiptadhureṇa ca ratnapāṇinā ca bhaiṣajyarājena ca bhaiṣajyasamudgatena ca vyūharājena ca pradānaśūreṇa ca ratnacandreṇa ca ratnaprabheṇa ca pūrṇacandreṇa ca mahāvikrāmiṇā ca anantavikrāmiṇā ca trailokyavikrāmiṇā ca mahāpratibhānena ca satatasamitābhiyuktena ca dharaṇīdhareṇa ca akṣayamatinā ca padmaśriyā ca nakṣatrarājena ca maitreyeṇa ca bodhisattvena mahāsattvena siṃhena ca bodhisattvena mahāsattvena /
SDhPS, 1, 2.10tadyathā bhadrapālena ca ratnākareṇa ca susārthavāhena ca naradattena ca guhyaguptena ca varuṇadattena ca indradattena ca uttaramatinā ca viśeṣamatinā ca vardhamānamatinā ca amoghadarśinā ca susaṃprasthitena ca suvikrāntavikrāmiṇā ca anupamamatinā ca sūryagarbheṇa ca dharaṇīṃdhareṇa ca /
SDhPS, 1, 2.13tadyathā candreṇa ca devaputreṇa sūryeṇa ca devaputreṇa samantagandhena ca devaputreṇa ratnaprabheṇa ca devaputreṇa avabhāsaprabheṇa ca devaputreṇa /
SDhPS, 1, 2.16tadyathā virūḍhakena ca mahārājena virūpākṣeṇa ca mahārājena dhṛtarāṣṭreṇa ca mahārājena vaiśravaṇena ca mahārājena /
SDhPS, 1, 2.19tadyathā śikhinā ca brahmaṇā jyotiṣprabheṇa ca brahmaṇā /
SDhPS, 1, 2.22tadyathā nandena ca nāgarājena upanandena ca nāgarājena sāgareṇa ca vāsukinā ca takṣakeṇa ca manasvinā ca anavataptena ca utpalakena ca nāgarājena /
SDhPS, 1, 2.24tadyathā drumeṇa ca kinnararājena mahādharmeṇa ca kinnararājena sudharmeṇa ca kinnararājena dharmadhareṇa ca kinnararājena //
SDhPS, 1, 4.1tadyathā manojñena ca gandharveṇa manojñasvareṇa ca madhureṇa ca madhurasvareṇa ca gandharveṇa //
SDhPS, 1, 6.1tadyathā balinā ca asurendreṇa kharaskandhena ca asurendreṇa vemacitriṇā ca asurendreṇa rāhuṇā ca asurendreṇa //
SDhPS, 1, 8.1tadyathā mahātejasā ca garuḍendreṇa mahākāyena ca mahāpūrṇena ca maharddhiprāptena ca garuḍendreṇa //